Gwalior Solar City Plan - Ver8.1 - 011213

Master Plan
To Develop Gwalior as Solar

City
Nov. 2011
Report
No.:EEDPL/181111/001
Client:
Gwalior Municipal
Corporation
Prepared By:
Elpro Energy Dimensions
Pvt.Ltd.
Bangalore
Master plan to develop Gwalior as Solar City
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The successful completion of any project cannot be accomplished without

the constant guidance and support of the concerned officers and the Gwalior
Municipal Corporation department as a whole.
Firstly, I hereby express my deep sense of gratitude and respect to the Hon’ble
Mayor Smt. Samiksha Gupta and Commissioner Shri.Ved Prakash for providing us
this opportunity.
Our sincere heartfelt thanks to Shri.Dipak Gupta, IAS, Principal Secretary,Ministry of

New and Renewable Energy, Govt. of India and Shri.A.K.Tripathi, Director, MNRE for
their leading support to this venture.
I am thankful to the following officers of the corporation for their wholesome

support and co operation during the course of this study
Shri.Neeraj Mandloi, IAS ,Managing Director, MPUVN
Shri. Sandeep Makin, Additional Commissioner
Shri Shivraj Singh Verma, Additional Commissioner
Shri Devendra Singh Chauhan, Nodal Officer (MPUSP)
Shri Vishnu Khare,City Planner

Shri.B.K.Patel,SE-1,MPUVN
Shri.Puneet Gujral,SE-II,MPUVN
Shri.Chouhan,Local officer,MPUVN
Shri.K.K.Shrivastava,Project Manager,ADB
Shri.Ati Bal singh yadav,City Engineer
Shri.Rathore,Deputy City Engineer
Shri.Dinkar- Engineer,Electrical Department
Kum.Abhilasha-Engineer,Electrical Department
I am thankful to MP Urja Vikas Nigam and their officers at Bhopal and Gwalior
for the help rendered during the course of preparation of the master plan.
EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 2
I am very much thankful to the District Collector Shri.Akash Tripathi,IAS and

Additional Collector Shri.Suresh Sharma in giving us valuable and useful suggestions
during the process.
Thanks also due to the concerned officers from the Oil and gas agencies,
Private hotels, hospital, residential authorities ,etc for giving us required help time to
time without whose data ,this report could not have been completed.
Nalin Kanshal
Director and Chief Planner
Elpro Energy Dimensions Pvt.Ltd
No.6,7,8,IV Th N Block
Dr.Rajkumar Road, Rajajinagar Entrance,
Bangalore-560010.India.
Ph.:080-23123238, 23132035
email: info@elproenergy,com

Index
1.0 Preface ....15
2.0 Executive summary ....18

3.0 Introduction ....23
4.0 The role of energies in cities ....26
5.0 Elpro’s integrated energy mapping approach – Methodology ....28
6.0 Existing energy use and production in Gwalior - Baseline analysis ....31
6.1 Overview
6.2 Introduction
6.3 Categorization of Sectors
6.4 Sector wise Energy utilization Survey
6.4.1 Residential
6.4.2 Commercial and Institutional
6.4.3 Industrial
6.4.4 Government
6.5 Sector wise Energy Consumption
6.5.1 Residential Energy Consumption and GHG Emission
6.5.2 Commercial and Institutional Energy Consumption and GHG
Emission
6.5.3 Industrial Energy Consumption and GHG Emission
6.5.4 Municipal Energy Consumption and GHG Emission
6.6 Petrol and Diesel Consumption and GHG Emission
6.7 Total Energy Consumption and GHG Emission
7.0 Demand Forecasting for the next 5/10 years ....46
8.0 RE Resource Assessment ....51
9.0 Residential Sector ....59
9.1 Background and description
9.2 Summary of recommendations- Residential Sector
9.3 Renewable energy Initiatives
9.3.1 RE-1|Residential Solar water heater ....63

9.3.2 RE-2|Rooftop PV & Small Solar Power Generation

Programme(RPSSGP) | ....76
9.3.3 RE-3|Solar cooker – box & parabola ....95
9.3.4 RE-4|Passive building techniques and Green buildings....101
9.4 Energy Efficiency.
9.4.1 EE-1|CFL- Bachat Lamp Yojana ....118
9.4.2 EE-2|Implementation of T5 Inline Electronic Ballasts....122
9.4.3 EE-3|Implementation of 5-Star rated Air conditioners....126
9.4.4 EE-4|Implementation of ducted Air coolers ....128
9.4.5 EE-5|Energy Star rated refrigerators ....130
9.4.6 EE-6|Development of a zero energy home ....132
9.4.7 EE-7|Establishment of Energy centre for Service and
demonstration ....136
9.5 Publicity and awareness
9.5.1 Workshops
9.5.2 Exhibitions
9.5.3 Rallies
9.5.4 Contest
10.0 Commercial and institutional Sector ....140
10.2 Summary of recommendations- Commercial and Institutional
Sector
10.3 Renewable energy initiatives
10.3.1 RE-5| Solar water heater in hotels ....144
Existing Stock of Hotel/Guest house Rooms in Gwalior
Development of Hot Water Requirement Norms
Projection of Hotel Rooms
Hot Water Requirement
Techno Economic Analysis
Important Measures and major Observations
10.3.2 RE-6|Solar water heater in hospitals ….154
Hospital Beds in Gwalior

Development of Hot Water Requirement Norms

Projected Hospital Beds and Hot Water Requirement
Hot Water Requirement
Techno Economic Analysis
Important Measures and major Observations
10.3.2 RE-7|250 kWp Solar PV and 30,000 LPD Solar Water Heater at
Border Security Force (BSF) Academy Gwalior ....164
10.4 Energy efficiency Measures
10.4.1 EE-8|mplementation of T-5 inline Ballast ....170
10.4.2 EE-9|Implementation of CFLs ....174
10.4.3 EE-10|Implementation of 5 star rated Air conditioners
10.4.4 EE-11|Solar Heat-Reflecting Clear Window Films...180
10.4.5 EE-12|LED Bulbs ....183
10.4.6 EE-13|uPVC Windows ....187
11.0 Industrial Sector ....193
11.2 Summary of recommendations – Industrial Sector
11.3 Renewable Energy initiatives
RE-8 | Bio gas plant from tanneries ....203
RE-09|Solar Pre heated water to boilers ....207
RE-10|Solar street lights ....209
RE-11|Solar Steam generation ....213
RE-12|Implementation of Biomass Cogeneration in Cold storage214
11.4 EE-14|Energy efficiency measures ....220
12.0 Municipal Sector ....230
12.1 Background and Description
12.2 Summary of recommendations – Municipal Sector
12.3 Renewable Energy Initiatives
12.3.1 RE-13| Municipal Solid waste to Energy ....235
12.3.1.1 Technology
12.3.1.2 Energy efficiency
12.3.1.3 Cost estimates

12.3.1.4 Energy can be converted through Food waste.

12.3.1.5 Summary
12.3.2 RE-14|Municipal Sewage to energy ....240
12.3.2.1 Technology
12.3.2.3 Recommendations
12.3.2.5 Use of solar power for water desalination.
12.3.2.6 Summary
12.3.3 RE-15|Power generation from solar photo voltaic panels...250
12.3.3.1 Technology
12.3.3.5 Summary
12.3.4 RE-16|Solar Street lighting ....254
12.3.4.1 Technology
12.3.4.5 Summary
12.3.5 RE-17|Special Area development projects ....261
12.3.5.1 Proposed projects
12.3.5.2 Financials
12.4 Energy Efficiency Measures
12.4.1 EE-15|Street lighting Energy conservation ....265
12.4.1.1 Street lighting Audit
12.4.1.2 Street lighting Inventory
12.4.1.3 Annual Energy bill
12.4.1.4 Energy conservation measures and
recommendations
12.4.1.5 Summary

12.4.2 EE-16|Water Treatment and pumping Systems – Energy

Conservation ....270
12.4.2.4 Summary
13.0 Sources of Finance and financial planning ....272
13.1 ESCO mode-Performance Contracting
13.2 CDM financing
13.3 Financial Sources and incentives by the Government of India
13.4 Madhya Pradesh Energy conservation Fund
13.5 MP State Government Incentives to Renewable Energy
13.6 Solar Energy Policy Government of Madhya Pradesh 2010
13.7 IREDA Initiatives and Financing schemes
13.8 IREDA financing for energy efficiency and conservation measures (DSM)
13.9 MNRE Schemes
13.10 Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar mission
13.11 Solar Off-Grid Refinance Scheme
13.12 Multilateral Financial Institutions
14.0 Advancing implementation of the Solar City Master plan for Gwalior- Action
plan ....303
15.0 Key areas of focus for Gwalior and Pilot Projects ....304
16.0 Year Wise Goals ....314
17.0 Advancement in Renewable energy Technologies ....316

18.0 Conclusion
Annexure

List of Figures
Figure 1: Gwalior Corporation Area

Figure 2: Madhya Pradesh District Map
Figure 3: Gwalior Location
Figure 4: Energy mapping Approach
Figure 5: Future Development Energy Mapping Process
Figure 6: Energy consumption in residential sector
Figure 7: GHG emission in residential sector
Figure 8: Energy consumption of commercial and institutional sector
Figure 9: GHG emission in commercial and institution sector.
Figure 10 : Energy consumption of industrial sector.
Figure 11: GHG emission of industrial sector
Figure 12 : Energy consumption of municipal sector
Figure 13: GHG emission of municipal sector
Figure 14: Petrol and diesel consumption
Figure 15: GHG emissions due to Petrol and diesel consumption
Figure 16: Summary of Energy Consumption- Fuel wise
Figure 17: Summary of GHG emissions – fuel wise
Fig 18 : Avg. Insolation in clear sky day kWh/m2/day
Fig 19 : Avg. Insolation kWh/m2/day
Fig 20: Gwalior Wards
Fig 21: Hybrid System
Fig 22: Stand alone system
Fig 23: Grid Connected System
Fig 24: Avg. Insolation kWh/m2/day
Fig 25: Avg. Insolation in clear sky day kWh/m2/day
Fig 26 : Optimum Tilt
Fig 27 : Avg wind speed
Fig 28 : Working Principal of Solar PV
Fig 29 : Solar module mounting structure
Fig 30 : Cookers with paraboloidal reflectors

Fig 31 : Solar PV power Generating System

Fig 32 : Bio gas in tanning plant
Fig 33: Composition chart of MSW
Fig 34 : Sewage to Energy Process overview
Fig 35 : Fuel cell system
Fig 36 : Fuel cell process flow diagram
List of Acronyms
GHG- Green House Gases

GOI-Government of India
GoMP-Government of Madhya Pradesh
UN-United Nations
GMC-Gwalior Municipal Corporation
CER-Certified Emission ratings
C02-Carbon Di Oxide
BSF-Border Security Force
MNRE- Ministry of New and renewable Energy
IREDA- Indian renewable Energy Development agency Ltd
ESCO- Energy service companies
IRR- Internal rate of return
ULB-Urban Local Body
MT0E-Million tones of Oil Equivalent
Kwh-Kilo watt hour
References
Gwalior City Development Plan

RET screen Manuals
IREDA Financial Norms
Greentech-MNRE report on Solar water heaters

List of tables
Table 1: Annual Energy consumption details of residential sector

Table 2: GHG emission in the residential sector
Table 3: Energy consumption of the Commercial and Institutional sector
Table 4: GHG Emission detail of Commercial and Institutional
Table 5: Energy consumption detail of the Industries
Table 6: GHG emission in the Industrial sector.
Table 7: Energy consumption of municipal sector
Table 8: GHG emission of the Municipal sector
Table 9: Petrol and diesel consumption
Table 10: GHG emissions due to Petrol and diesel consumption
Table 11: Summary of Energy consumption – fuel wise
Table 12: Summary of GHG emissions – fuel wise
Table 13: Population growth projections
Table 14: Land use projections
Table 15: Demand Forecast
Table 16: Monthly Averaged Clear Sky Insolation Incident on a Horizontal Surface
(kWh/m2/day)
Table 17: Average Solar Insolation
Table 18: Monthly Averaged Daylight Hours (hours)
Table 19: Capacity addition target under JNNSM
Table 20 Year wise Programme target for Rapid deployment of solar water heaters
Table 21: Monthly Averaged Insolation Incident On A Horizontal Surface
(kWh/m2/day)
Table 22 : Monthly Averaged Clear Sky Insolation Incident on A Horizontal Surface
(kWh/m2/day)
Table 23 : Monthly Averaged Daylight Hours (hours)
Table 24 : Monthly Averaged Declination (degrees)
Table 25 : Minimum Radiation Incident on an Equator-pointed Tilted Surface
(kWh/m2/day)
Table 26:Optimum Tilt

Table 27 : Monthly Averaged Air Temperature At 10 m Above The Surface Of The

Earth (°C)
Table 28 : Monthly Averaged Wind Speed At 50 m Above The Surface Of The Earth
(m/s)
Table 29: Financials for 5 Mw rooftop solar SPV project
Table 30 : Life Cycle earnings
Table 31 : ZEB Renewable Energy Supply Option Hierarchy
Table 32 : Project Financials
Table 33: Expenditure for publicity and awareness creation
Table 34: Overview of Hotels/Guesthouses Rooms in Gwalior
Table 35 : Hotel areas for hot water consumption and industry practice
Table 36 : Hot water consumption norm for hotels/guesthouses (lpd/room)
Table 37 : Hotel Room Projection in Madhya Pradesh
Table 38 :Projection of Hotel rooms in Gwalior with associated Hot water
requirements
Table 39 : Utilisation of hot water in hospitals category wise
Table 40 : Number of hospitals, dispensaries, etc., doctors, nurses, paramedical
staff and total number of beds available therein as on 2008
Table 41 : Data collected during primary survey as on 2011 of selected hospitals
in Gwalior
Table 42 : Projection of estimated hospital beds in Gwalior
Table43 : Projections for 2013
Table 44 : Solar Water Heater – Cost estimate
Table 45 : Solar PV system – System cost& savings and Power Generation & GHG
Reductions
Table 46 : Solar water Heater system – Electricity & money saving and electricity
savings & GHG Reductions
Table 47 : Energy Savings Calculator for Replacing Light Bulbs
Table 48 : List of Industries listed with the MPMKVVCL - City Circle, O & M Circle
Table 49 : Cost Benefit Analysis of DG set Cogeneration with Gasifier
Table 50 : Average energy requirement in textile Industries
Table 51 : Cost estimates of MSW to energy

Table 52 : Biogas composition

Table 53: CH4 Reduction due to Sewage to energy
Table 54: CO2 Reduction due to Sewage to energy
Table 55: Energy efficiency due to Sewage to energy
Table 56 : Cost estimates due to Sewage to energy
Table 57 : Requirement of Solar Street Lights as per preliminary survey
Table 58: Proposed sites for solar lightings and power pack projects
Table 59 : Inventory of the fittings
Table 60 : Energy Conservation Recommendations
Table 61 :CERS Table
Table 62 : Financing Norms For Biomass Power/ Cogeneration /Waste To Energy/
Bio-Mass Power
Table 63 : IREDA Interest Rate under Solar Thermal Sector

1. Preface
About 30% (285.35 million people, 2001 census) of the Indian population resides in
urban areas. In post-independence era while population of India has grown three
times, the urban population has grown five times. Urban areas are heavily
dependent on fossil fuels (often imported), for the maintenance of essential public
services, for powering homes, transport systems, infrastructure, industry and
commerce. The fossil fuels are increasingly becoming more expensive due to scarcity
of fuel and increase in demand. In addition to this, the environmental and social
impacts of the consumption of fossil fuels are increasingly becoming a concern.
These impacts include air pollution, global warming, waste disposal problems, land
degradation and the depletion of natural resources.
Urbanization and economic development are leading to a rapid rise in energy

demand in urban areas. Urban areas have emerged as one of the biggest sources of
Green House Gas (GHG) emissions, with buildings alone contributing to around 40%
of the total GHG emissions. As per latest UN report one million people are moving to
urban areas each week. It is estimated that around two-thirds of the world
population will be living in cities in 2050. This requires a tremendous shift in energy
resources in urban areas. In recognition of this, various cities around the world are
setting targets and introducing polices for promoting renewable energy and reducing
GHG emissions. London has announced 20% Carbon emission reduction by 2010;
New York and 200 other U.S. cities have set a similar target.
Tokyo has announced 20% share of renewable in total consumption by 2020 and
Australian government has initiated a Solar Cities programme.
Several Indian cities and towns are experiencing 15% growth in the peak electricity
demand. The local governments and the electricity utilities are finding it difficult to
cope with this rapid rise in demand and as a result most of the cities/towns are
facing severe electricity shortages. There is a need to develop a framework that will
encourage and assist cities in assessing their present energy consumption status,
setting clear targets for and preparing action plans for generating energy through

renewable energy sources and in conserving energy utilized in conducting urban

services.
The programme on “Development of Solar Cities” would support/ encourage Urban

Local Bodies to prepare a Road Map to guide their cities in becoming ‘renewable
energy cities’ or ‘solar cities’ or ‘eco/green cities’. The Ministry has already initiated
various programmes in the Urban Sector for promoting solar water heating systems
in homes, hotels, hostels, hospitals and industry; deployment of SPV systems/
devices in urban areas for demonstration and awareness creation; establishment of
‘Akshya Urja Shops’; design of Solar Buildings and promoting urban and industrial
waste/ biomass to energy projects. The programme aims to consolidate all the
efforts of the Ministry in the Urban Sector and address the energy problem of the
urban areas in a holistic manner.
The Ministry has launched a Scheme on “Development of Solar Cities: under which a
total of 60 cities/towns are proposed to be supported for development as “Solar/
Green Cities” during the 11th Plan period. At least one city in each State to a
maximum of five cities in a State is being supported by the Ministry. The cities may
have population between 0.50 to 50 lakhs
Goals and Objectives
The Goal of the program is to promote the use of Renewable Energy in Urban Areas
by providing support to the Municipal Corporations for preparation and
implementation of a Road Map to develop their cities as Solar Cities. The objectives
of the programme are given below:
 to enable/empower Urban Local Governments to address energy challenges

at City - level.
 to provide a framework and support to prepare a Master Plan including
assessment of current energy situation, future demand and action plans
 to build capacity in the Urban Local Bodies and create awareness among all
sections of civil society.
 to involve various stakeholders in the planning process

 to oversee the implementation of sustainable energy options through public -

private partnerships.
The Gwalior Municipal Corporation and the Madhya Pradesh Urja Vikas Nigam with
sanction of the Ministry of New and Renewable energy granted the job of
development of Master Plan for Gwalior as Solar City to M/s Elpro Energy
Dimensions Pvt. Ltd which is an empanelled Solar City Consultant under the Ministry
of New and renewable Energy.Hence this study and report.
An effort has been made to keep all practical projects and implementable projects.
There is sufficient case for private participation in PPP mode and also all financing
and funding opportunities are also listed exhaustively. The underlying principle
behind preparation of the master plan is to enable rapid deployment of
recommendations and Pilot Projects.

2. Executive Summary
The Master plan to develop Gwalior as solar city provides insights into the
challenges and opportunities for implementing energy efficiency strategies and
outlines a set of actions for how best to proceed to achieve the aim of reducing 10%
of energy consumption in the next five years.
It is actively addressing energy efficiency for the Gwalior municipal
corporation which can significantly reduce Gwalior’s future energy growth, improve
community resiliency, and position Gwalior as a competitive place to invest, live and
grow. To allow Gwalior to advance with reducing energy demand and greenhouse
gas emissions, key focus areas for deploying energy efficiency in major sectors were
identified as
1. Residential Sector
2. Commercial and Institutional Sector
3. Industrial Sector
4. Municipal Sector
Solar energy is very large, inexhaustible source of energy. Currently Gwalior is
taking electricity from the state electricity board. The energy demand is increasing
day by day. Keeping each point in the mind (cost of power, different losses,
uncertain power cut) Extracting power from the solar is the one way to become
independent for the need of power. To foster the energy efficient techniques the
report addresses the advancing method which is as follows.
a) Develop an action plan with key stakeholder’s and Utilities
b) Continue To Improve Local Energy Information for Gwalior
c) Invest in the Resources and Knowledge to Advance Energy Efficiency\
d) Introduction
Aim of the Master plan
Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE), Government of India has

launched a program on “Development of Solar Cities” in India. The program aims
at minimum 10% reduction in projected demand of conventional energy at the

end of five years, which can be achieved through a combination of energy

efficiency measures and enhancing supply from renewable energy sources. A
total of 60 cities/towns are proposed to be developed as “Solar Cities” during the
11thPlan period. At least one city in each State to a maximum of five cities in a
State will be supported by the Ministry. The cities/towns included in the
program will have population between 0.50 lakh to 50 lakh which includes the
floating population. Gwalior is one of the towns to be developed as solar city in
pan India.
The following tables denote the planned energy efficiency and renewable energy
measures to achieve the above objective as per the Solar City master Plan developed
for Gwalior City.

RENEWABLE ENERGY INITIATIVES

Investm Energy Energy
Annual
ent (Rs. Generated Generated/
No Project Details GHG t
In in lakh Saved upto
Co2
Lakhs) kWh PA 2013
RESIDENTIAL SECTOR 0
1 RESIDENTIAL SOLAR WATER HEATERS 1050 95.5 14325 191
ROOFTOP PV & SMALLSOLAR POWER
2 10500 75
GENERATION PROGRAMME(RPSSGP) 6975 150
3 SOLAR COOKER - BOX AND PARABOLA* 200 422 1670 844
PASSIVE BUILDING TECHNIQUES AND GREEN
4
BUILDINGS 0
Residential Sector Sub Total 11750 592.5 22970 1185
COMMERCIAL & INSTITUTIONAL SECTOR 0
IMPLEMENTATION OF SOLAR WATER
5 93.6 4.849
HEATERS IN HOTELS 497.1 9.698
6 106 4.58
HEATERS IN HOSPITALS 469.9 9.16
250 KWP SOLAR PV AND 30,000 LPD SOLAR

7 WATER HEATER AT BORDER SECURITY 717 5.91
FORCE(BSF) ACADEMY GWALIOR 496.5 11.82
Commercial Sector Sub Total 916.6 15.339 1463.5 30.678
INDUSTRIAL SECTOR 0
IMPLEMENTATION OF PILOT BIOGAS PLANT
8 375 2.54
IN TANNING INDUSTRY 236 5.08
USE OF SOLAR PRE HEATED WATER FOR
9 TBA
BOILERS 0
10 USE OF SOLAR PV LED STREET LIGHTING 250 5.47 508.71 10.94
11 USE OF PARABOLIC STEAM GENERATORS TBA 0
IMPLEMENTATION OF BIOMASS
12 COGENERATION IN COLD STORAGES FOR TBA
PRODUCING POWER AND CHILLING 0
Industrial Sector Sub Total 625 8 745 16
MUNICIPAL SECTOR 0
13 MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE (MSW) TO ENERGY 7160 518 190859 1036
14 SEWAGE TO ENERGY 2185 32.93 17495 65.86
15 SOLAR PV POWER GENERATING SYSTEM 8450 74.1 5928 148.2
16 SOLAR STREET LIGHTING 260 5.689 529.06 11.38
17 SPECIAL AREA DEMONSTRATION PROJECTS 0
GWALIOR FORT 55 0.55 1.1
LAKSHMI BAI STATUE 5 0.06 0.11
ITALIAN GARDEN 40 0.44 0.88
SCINDIA SCHOOL 25 0.28 0.55
Municipal Sector Sub Total 18180 632 214811 1264
Total 31472 1248 239989 2496
*LPG substitution

TBA-To Be Assessed
ENERGY EFFICIENCY MEASURES
Savings
Savings( Savings(la Savings(Ton
Investment kwh
No Project details Rs lakhs kh kWh nes of
(Rs. lakhs) upto
p.a.) p.a.) carbon/year)
2013
RESIDENTIAL SECTOR
USE OF CFL-BACHAT LAMP
1 1.5 41.745 7.59 692.8
YOJANA 15.18
IMPLEMENTATION OF T-5 INLINE
2 93.5 105 15.97 1456.9
BALLAST 31.94
IMPLEMENTATION OF 5-STAR
3 500 208.137 31.54 2877.7
RATED AIR CONDITIONERS 63.08
IMPLEMENTATION OF DUCTED
4 1000 424.49 77.18 7600
AIR COOLERS 154.36
ENERGY STAR RATED
5 2000 337.15 61.3 5700
REFRIGERATORS 122.6
DEVELOPMENT OF A ZERO
6 1000
ENERGY HOME/OFFICE
ESTABLISHMENT OF ENERGY
7 CENTRE FOR SERVICE AND 135
DEMONSTRATION
Awareness Campaign 58
1116.52
Residential Sector Total 4788 2 193.58 18327.4 387.16
COMMERCIAL & INSTITUTIONAL
SECTOR
8 BALLAST IN COMMERCIAL 93.5 105 15.96 1456.9
BUILDINGS 31.92
IMPLEMENTATION OF CFLs IN
9 PLACE OF ICLS IN COMMERCIAL 10 25.05 3.8 346.4
BUIDINGS 7.6
10 RATED AIR CONDITIONERS IN 500 208.13 3.154 2877.7
COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS 6.308
SOLAR HEAT-REFLECTING CLEAR
11 480 139 21.12 3263
WINDOW FILMS 42.24
12 LED BULBS 900 636.24 96.4 9000 192.8
UPVC WINDOWS COMMERCIAL
13 750 288.35 43.69 4.3
BUILDINGS 87.38
Commercial Sector Sub Total 2733.5 1401.77 184.124 16948.3 368.248
INDUSTRIAL SECTOR
ENERGY EFFICIENCY AUDITS AND
14 IMPLEMENTATION* 2184.27 1092.13 198.57 19850 397.14
Industrial Sector Sub Total 2184.27 1092.13 198.57 19850 397.14
MUNICIPAL SECTOR 0
STREET LIGHTING ENERGY
15 371.25 188.32 50.63 4050
CONSERVATION 101.26
WATER TREATMENT AND
16 85 43.92 14.63 1360
PUMPING SYSTEMS 29.26
Municipal Sector Sub Total 456.25 232.24 65.26 5410 130.52

Total 10162.02 3842.66 641.53 60535.70 1283.07
Sector Wise Summary upto 2013
Total in
Energy ConservationRenewable Energy Lakh
Sector in Lakh Kwh in Lakhs Kwh Kwh
Upto Upto
upto 2013 Annually 2013 Annually 2013
Residential 387.16 193.58 1185.00 592.50 1572.16
Commercial 368.25 184.12 30.68 15.34 398.93
Industrial 397.14 198.57 16.02 8.01 413.16
Municipal 130.52 65.26 1264.08 632.04 1394.60
Total 1283.07 641.53 2495.78 1247.89 3778.84
Solar City Master Plan Target versus Planned measures in MToE
Energy consumed in Million Tonnes Percentage

Sector of Oil Equivalent savings
upto 2013 Baseline %
Total 0.03249 0.15603 20.82

3. Introduction
Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE), Government of India has

launched a program on “Development of Solar Cities” in India. The program aims at
minimum 10% reduction in projected demand of conventional energy at the end of
five years, which can be achieved through a combination of energy efficiency
measures and enhancing supply from renewable energy sources. A total of 60
cities/towns are proposed to be developed as “Solar Cities” during the 11thPlan
period. At least one city in each State to a maximum of five cities in a State will be
supported by the Ministry. The cities/towns included in the program will have
population between 0.50 lakh to 50 lakh which includes the floating population.
Gwalior is one of the towns to be developed as solar city in pan India.
Gwalior at glance
Gwalior is a historical city in the state of Madhya Pradesh, India and located at
26.22 N 78.18 E .It has an average elevation of 197 meters (646 feet) and it is 122 km
south of Agra and 423 km north of Bhopal, the capital of state. Gwalior occupies
largest location in the grid region of the India and its city and it fortress have severed
as the center of the several of historic northern Indian Kingdom. Gwalior is the
administrative headquarter of Gwalior district and Gwalior division. Gwalior is spread
over 5214 sq. km area having population more the 16 lakhs, is one of the most
populated city of India. Main statistic of the city is given below.
Total Area 5214.00 Sq. Km

Forest Area 1019.79 Sq. Km
Net Sown Area 2601.42 Sq. Km
No. of Households 209.12 Thousands
Net Irrigated Area 911.93 Sq. Km
Population 1629881
Male 882258
Female 747623

Literacy Rate
Male 80.83%
Female 56.76%
Per Capita Income 13456
Figure 1: Gwalior Corporation Area

No. of Wards: 60

Figure 2:Madhya Pradesh District Map
Figure 3: Gwalior Location

4. The role of energies in Cities

Energy comes in many forms. We use electricity to light our homes, our
streets and the exterior of buildings. We also generate heat from the burning of
fossil fuels to condition our homes and offices and to heat domestic hot water.
Energy is also used to extract raw materials, to manufacture and distribute consumer
goods, to grow food and to treat and pump water, transportation. Energy is central
to the daily functions and actions of every community. Energy is an essential building
block of economic development. Urbanization and economic development are
leading to a rapid rise in energy demand in urban areas.This requires a tremendous
shift in energy resources in urban areas. In recognition of this, various cities around
the world are setting targets and introducing polices for promoting renewable
energy and reducing GHG emissions.
What is Energy Planning and Why is it Important?
As population and employment in a city grows, more fuel and materials are needed
for generation, transmission and distribution of energy. Taking steps to reduce the
amount of electricity or fossil fuels that is used in a home or business helps to lower
individual utility costs and conserve natural resources. Improving energy efficiency
means using less energy to accomplish an activity or goal. Some city goals could be
to provide comfortable living and working spaces for residents, to enable residents
and visitors to travel easily around the city or to promote economic prosperity.
Among the drivers for incorporating energy efficiency and renewable as part of
short-term and long-term community planning and economic development includes:
Response to climate change.

As part of the response to climate change, the local municipal corporations and local
public sector are now exploring the role of energy efficiency and community
renewable energy systems to improve adaptation and mitigation capacity of fossil
fuels.
Sustainable energy planning.
Planning for energy can contribute to the sustainability of a community by reducing
energy costs and lowering environmental impacts. Energy use, supply and demand

not only depend on, but also can help shape the design and development of a
community, and the activities of its citizens, businesses, institutions, government
agencies and industry.
Energy efficiency and the use of Renewable energy is now considered an important
component of achieving successful long-term growth objectives for a community.
Transiting to new energy sources.
Power density is a measure that captures the rate of energy produced per unit of
earth area and is usually expressed in watts per square metre (W/m2). Fossil fuel
deposits are by far the highest concentration of high quality energy in the magnitude
of 102 or 203 W/m2. Hence only a small land area is needed to supply vast amounts
of energy. Today’s power producing techniques ensure that we receive fuels and
electricity with power densities that are in the order of one to three magnitudes
higher than regular power densities required to operate our buildings and cities.
Indian city environment is designed around access to inexpensive fossil fuels.

Reducing reliance on fossil fuels will require creating a environment that is energy
efficient and supports renewable technologies, such as photovoltaics, solar hot
water and wind.
Understanding where energy is used in a community and where energy supply

opportunities might exist can contribute to making effective energy efficiency
decisions. Integrated energy mapping is grounded on assembling a wide range of
data inputs that are used to help baseline energy consumption in a community and
evaluate the long-term effectiveness of energy reduction strategies.
An important component of the process involves financial assessment and cost

sensitivity testing. Key financial indicators allow for identified energy strategies to be
ranked against one another in terms of cost effectiveness in achieving a desired
target for energy, GHGs, energy cost or other objective. The integrated energy
mapping process also allows Gwalior Municipal Corporation to evaluate various
types of energy goals.

For instance, scenario building can be undertaken – the evaluation of different

energy efficiency strategies that are compared and can be ranked against criteria
relevant to a community or other identified factors.
The scenarios allow municipal and utility decision makers and other key community
stakeholders to assess a wide range of combinations of pricing, technologies, land-
use and energy efficiencies and building improvements from a numerical standpoint
to advance energy efficiency.
5.Elpro’s integrated energy mapping approach - Methodology
Overview
The integrated energy mapping process uses a combination of actual energy
consumption data and energy simulation models to show where and how much
energy is consumed by the entire City of Gwalior. All energy consumed by
Commercial buildings, industry, residential and municipal is included in the analysis.
Energy baseline is created for both 2008 (baseline), and for the future development
that is expected to occur between today and the year 2013/2018, according to the
Gwalior city’s Official Plan and Growth Management Strategies enumerated in the
Gwalior CDP.
In the energy mapping process, we divided the energy consumption of Gwalior city
into four major sectors – Commercial/Institutional buildings, Industry, residential
and municipal. In addition to calculating how much energy is consumed by the City
for each case, total GHG emissions for the City and for each case are calculated as
well. Alternative energy generation technologies are modeled for the potential to
further reduce GHG emissions. Capital costs, operating costs, and operating cost
savings are evaluated for each new building standard, building retrofit, and
alternative energy generation technology. Cost sensitivity is applied to potential
increases in energy prices, and additional cost metrics such as Internal Rate of
Return (IRR) are calculated. In this way, alternative practices and cases can be
compared and contrasted according on a cost-benefit basis. The outputs of the
energy model –energy, costs, and GHGs, of the different scenarios and best
alternative technology (BAT) options –are used to inform policy directions and

decisions that are intended to reduce energy and GHG emissions for the entire City.
The process can also be used to provide insight into the most cost effective ways of
achieving a community energy reduction and/or GHG reduction goal. Figure 4
outlines the major pieces of the energy mapping process.
Reporting
Energy Efficiency Financial analysis Renewable Energy
.Stake Holders Workshop Technologies technologies
.Data collection meetings

.Present Implementation .Capital Cost .Wind Power
.Joint review mtg.(MNRE)
.Star rated appliances .Energy Cost Savings .Solar Hot water
Energy and GHG .Municipal Energy .Return on Investment .Photovoltaics
efficiency
.Payback period
-Baseline Analysis(2008) .Industry .Biogas from Sewage
.Future development .Cost/tone CO2 reduced

.Government Buildings .MSW to Energy,etc
Energy Efficiency and renewable Energy

Strategies and Policy recommendations
Figure 4: Energy mapping Approach
Future Development (2013/2018)
Population and land use projections were used to calculate the total amount of
additional Load the city would be installing and that would be developed between
present day and 2013/2018, and this was used to calculate the total amount of
future energy demand for Gwalior City. Figure 5 shows the future development
energy mapping process:

Figure 5: Future Development Energy Mapping Process
Population projections were obtained from the CDP of Gwalior City and the
energy usage details were collected from different departments like Madhya
Pradesh Madhya Kshetra Vidyut Vitaran Company Limited, Main Agencies and depot
of oil companies like HPCL (Hindustan Petroleum Corporation Limited). BPCL (Bharat
Petroleum Corporation Limited), IOCL (Indian Oil Corporation Limited),Civil supplies
department, field surveys, etc.

6. Existing Energy use and production in Gwalior - Baseline Analysis

6.1 Overview
The objectives of this study are to provide baseline information for

benchmarking the energy situation in Gwalior; conducting a situation analysis in
terms of planning and budgeting process in meeting 10 % of required energy through
renewable energy sources, economic growth, equitability and environmental
sustainability. An analysis of the current energy consumption is presented. Sector
wise energy consumption data were collected for different energy sources. The
result showed that electricity (15.39%),diesel (42.99%), petrol(20.37%), and LPG
(11.52%) are the main source of energy. Apart from that other sources of energy are
coal(3%), Furnace oil (0.08%), kerosene(6.72%) and fire wood (0.01%). Total
consumption of the city is 0.15 MTOE (Million tones oil equivalent) per year, and
entire GHG emission for the city is 901789.23 tons per annum.
6.2 Introduction
This Document includes the detail of the base line energy utilization under
the scheme of MNRE (Ministry of New and Renewable Energy), Government of India
and GMC (Gwalior Municipal Corporation). Ministry of New and Renewable Energy
(MNRE) has started an ambitious program as Solar City. Gwalior is one of the 60
cities from all over India chosen to be developed as a Solar City. Main goal of this
program is promote the use of renewable energy in the urban areas.
Elpro Energy Dimensions Pvt. Ltd. first took up the task of preparing the base line
energy utilization for the Gwalior City. Data for the last three years has been
collected and data for the year 2008 has been selected for the baseline estimation.
For making this base line Elpro team has surveyed all sectors of Gwalior City.
Documents and data on energy consumption (electrical, petroleum product, coal,
biomass,etc) have been collected from residential, commercial, institutional,
industrial and municipal sectors.

India is a Developing country and most of the population lives in the urban
area. In present trend, energy demand for public services, home powering,
transport systems, industries and commerce people are dependent on the fossil fuel.
The source of fossil fuel is limited and seems to be deployed completely in next 60
years, thus resulting in increasing price of fuel and not meeting the demand.
The baseline energy utilization is finalized on the basis of data collected from
different concerning department and oil companies’ agencies and depot, etc. On the
basis of this energy forecasting has been done and according to the energy demand
the measures will be given to fulfill the aim of the project that Is reduction in energy
consumption by 10% by the end the year 2013.
6.3 Categorization of Different Sectors

This base line of Energy utilization is based on the data on all forms of energy
including electrical, petroleum product, coal and biomass from all sectors.
We have categorized the City in following main sectors.
I. Residential
II. Commercial and Institutional
III. Industrial
IV. Government
6.4 Sector wise Energy utilization Survey

6.4.1 Residential Survey
City is having 505827 Households as per metered energy users and records
provided by the State Electricity Distribution company. Residential Survey targets the
information about the electrical energy, LPG, petrol diesel, kerosene and biomass
consumption in this sector. This is an important to assessing the potential to increase
energy efficiency and to use renewable energy. Residential sector include all the
house holds in the City, government quarters and apartments. Electricity is playing
main role in energy consumption. LPG, petrol and diesel come are the second major
fuel in residential sector. A small quantity of biomass is being used in the City.

6.4.2 Commercial and Institutional Survey

Commercial sector includes all offices, shop, bank, shopping malls and
complexes etc. The main consumption of this sector is electricity and diesel in DG
sets and petrol in transport. All the data of electricity, petrol and diesel consumption
have been collected. The goal of the survey is to find out the total consumption as
well as make an analysis on the characteristics of energy use in Commercial buildings
and institutions.
6.4.3 Industrial
Coal, Electricity, Petrol, Diesel, LDO, Furnace Oil are some major sources of
the energy in the industries. We procured a list of industries in Gwalior City and
collected data of all forms of the energy being used in the sector from various
agencies.
6.4.4 Municipal Survey

Municipal sector include water pumping, waste water treatment, and street
lighting .Electricity play the major role of source of energy. A detailed energy audit of
the street lighting, Public buildings and water pumping was carried out to assess the
energy conservation and renewable energy potential.
GHG Emission
Green house gases are the gases that trap in the atmosphere and cause
increase atmospheric temperature. We have experienced a great climate change in
past few decades. GHG are the main reason for Ozone depletion and climate change.
We have analysed the sector wise GHG emission by evaluating the source and
recommend suitable measures to reduce the emission. This report also includes a
comparative study of the GHG emission from different fuels in the various sectors.
Note: Electricity, liquid fuels and LPG consumption for the year 2008 has been
considered

6.5. Sector Wise Energy Consumption
6.5.1 Residential Energy Consumption and GHG Emission

Energy Consumption
Total energy consumption in the residential sector is given in the following
Table 1. The main consumption in the residential sector is electricity, LPG Petrol,
Diesel and kerosene respectively. Data was collected from different departments like
Madhya Pradesh Madhya Kshetra Vidyut Vitaran Company Limited, Food and civil
supplies department and depots of oil companies like HPCL (Hindustan Petroleum
Corporation Limited). BPCL (Bharat Petroleum Corporation Limited), IOCL (Indian Oil
Corporation Limited), and summarized in the following table.
LPG consumption is contributing to majority energy consumption in this
sector. It contributes around 47.61% of total energy consumption. Electricity is the
second main contributor of the energy consumption; it contributes to 42.93% of the
total energy consumption in the residential sector. Kerosene is seldom used in
houses due to shift towards LPG and Electricity.
No of metered house holds/residential users: 505827
Table 1. Annual Energy consumption details of residential sector
Sl. No. Type of fuel Consumption MTOE %

1 Electricity(Kwh) 183054847 0.016 42.93
2 LPG(kgs) 31495603 0.017 47.61
3 Kerosene(Litres) 4152000 0.003 9.47
Total 0.037 100.00

Figure 6: Energy consumption in residential sector
GHG Emission in Residential Sector

Total GHG emission of the residential sector has been tabulated in the
following table. It can be seen here that the electrical GHG emission is highest,
around 84.84%. The main source of the electricity is thermal power station,where
emission from coal is very high. LPG and kerosene are the petroleum products and
they contribute 33.2% and 3.8 % respectively.
Table 2: GHG emission in the residential sector
Total Consumption GHG Emission
Sl. No. Type of fuel unit %
per year in Tone per year
1 Electricity kwh 216303728.8 181695.13 84.84
2 LPG kg 7477130 21753.96 10.15
3 Kerosene lit 4152000 10712.16 5.00
Total 214161.25 100

Figure 7: GHG emission in residential sector
6.5.2 Commercial and Institutional Energy Consumption and GHG Emission

Commercial and institutional sector include all the commercial building like
shops show room, offices, hospitals, restaurant school, colleges, university and all
type of institutions.
Energy Consumption
Electricity, LPG and kerosene are the main contributors to energy consumption in
this sector which is tabulated here. Petrol and diesel are the main source for
transport and power generation. It is tabulated separately for the entire Gwalior City
for all sectors combined as we were unable to determine the sectorial usage
individually. It is shown that the contribution of the electricity, LPG and Kerosene are
36.67%, 3.87%, 59.46% respectively. Sources of data are the electricity Distribution
Company, oil depots, petrol bunks, gas agencies etc.
The total energy consumption of the Commercial sector is as follows
Table 3: Energy consumption of the Commercial and Institutional sector

Type of Calorific
Sl. No. unit Consumption MTOE %
fuel value
1 Electricity kWh 50367653 0.0036 0.004 36.67

2 LPG kg 824676 0.023205 0.000 3.87
3 Kerosene lit 8400000 0.035 0.007 59.46
Total 0.012 100.00
Figure 8: Energy consumption of commercial and institutional sector
GHG Emission
GHG emission for the commercial and institutional sector is tabulated below.
Electricity has highest percentage of the GHG emission with 68 %. Kerosene and LPG
contribution in GHG emission are 30.13 % and 3.34 % respectively. Graphical
representation is also given below.
Table 4: GHG Emission detail of Commercial and Institutional

Type of GHG Emission
Sl. No. unit Consumption %
fuel in Tone
1 Electricity kWh 58652186.65 49267.83679 68.0
2 LPG kg 507624.7778 1476.883529 2.0
3 Kerosene lit 8400000 21672 29.9
Total 72416.72031 100

Figure 9: GHG emission in commercial and institution sector.
6.5.3 Industrial Energy Consumption and GHG Emission

Industrial sector is normally the main energy consumer. Small scale industries are
located in Gwalior. A list of all industries has been collected from the District
Industries department and data on coal consumption, furnace oil consumption,
diesel consumption and electricity consumption has been collected. A list of all
Industrial consumers has also been tabulated from MPMVNL
Energy Consumption
Data collected is tabulated below
Table 5: Energy consumption detail of the Industries
Type of
Sl. No. unit Consumption MTOE %
fuel
1 Electricity kWh 25219100 0.002168452 28.7
2 Coal Tones 8880 0.004453998 59.0
3 LPG kg 122539 0.000679133 9.0
4 Furnace Oil litre 504000 0.000123749 1.6
5 Fire Wood Tones 294 0.000111651 1.4
Total 0.007536984 100

Total energy demand is around 0.008 MTOE (Million metric tones of Oil). As
denoted in the table , coal consumption is very high as it contributes 59 % of the
total energy demand. Electricity contributes 28.7 % and LPG contribution is around 9
% of the total energy required. Rest 4% is being contributed by the furnace oil and
fire wood with 1.6 % and 1.4 % percent respectively. Graphical view of the energy
consumption is given below.
Figure 10 :Energy consumption of industrial sector.
GHG Emission
GHG emission is tabulated below in the table. It is visible from the table that highest
GHG emission is being contributed by coal which is 53.8 %, electricity is also
contributing more about 41.6%. Rest of the emission is being contributed by LPG,
Furnace oil and fire wood. Graph of the same result is given below.
Table 6: GHG emission in the Industrial sector
GHG Emission in
Sl. No. Type of fuel unit Consumption %
Tone
1 Electricity kWh 25868864 21729.84 41.67
2 Coal Tones 8880 28104.31 53.89
3 LPG kg 172592 502.13 0.96
4 Furnace Oil litre 581333.3333 1756.32 3.36
5 Fire Wood Tones 294 54.07 0.10
Total 52146.69 100

Figure 11: GHG emission of Industrial sector
6.5.4 Municipal Energy Consumption and GHG Emission

Energy Consumption
Municipal sectors comprises of Municipal water works, street lighting,
Municipal buildings where electricity is used. Apart from this they consume Diesel
and petrol in DG sets and in transport. Total electricity consumption for the
municipal is 0.0022 MTOE (Million metric tons). The data of this sector is
summarized in the following table and graphical representation is also provided.
Table 7: Energy consumption of municipal sector

Type of
Sl.No. Unit Municipal MTOE %
Fuel
1 Electricity kWh 20636031 0.001774379 66.66
2 Diesel Litres 829390 0.000887472 33.34
Total 0.002661851 100.00

Figure 12 : Energy consumption of municipal sector

GHG emission
GHG emission in the municipal sector is 24962 tones
Table 8: GHG emission of the Municipal sector
Type of GHG emission in
Sl.No. Unit Municipal %
Fuel ton
1 Electricity kWh 25888124.5 21746.02 90.75
2 Diesel Litres 829390 2216.13 9.25
Total 23962.15 100.00
Figure 13: GHG emission of municipal sector

6.6 Petrol and Diesel Consumption and GHG Emission

Consumption of Petrol and Diesel
We have collected this detail separately for Gwalior city. Source of the data
are different oil companies depots and offices. Data is summarized in the table. Total
consumption of petrol and diesel together is 0.099 MTOE (Million tones oil
equivalent)
Table 9: Petrol and diesel consumption
Sl. No. Type of Fuel Total Calorific Value GJ MTOE %
Petrol
1 27719000 0.048 0.032 32
(litres)
Diesel
2 62684000 0.0448 0.067 68
(litres)
Total 0.099 100
Figure 14: Petrol and diesel consumption
GHG emission
GHG emission due to petrol and diesel consumption is summarized in the below
table. Total GHG emission from the petrol and diesel is 494259.50 tonnes out of
which 75% emission is coming out from diesel and 25% is coming from petrol.
Graphical representation is also given below.
Table 10: GHG emissions due to Petrol and diesel consumption

Sl. No. Type of Fuel Total Calorific Value GJ GHG emission %
1 Petrol 27719000 0.048 63753.7 28
2 Diesel 62684000 0.0448 167491.648 72
Total 231245.348 100
Figure 15: GHG emissions due to Petrol and diesel consumption
6.7 Total Energy Consumption and GHG Emission

Energy consumption
On the basis of the above mentioned details we have arrived on the fact that
the total energy consumption of the Gwalior city is around 0.15 MTOE (Million tone
oil equivalent). Petrol and diesel contributes more than half of the total energy
consumption
Table 11: Summary of Energy consumption – fuel wise

Sl.No. Type of Fuel Unit Total MTOE %
1 Electricity kWh 27 92 77 631 0.024014 15.39
2 Coal Tones 8880 0.004454 2.85

3 LPG kg 32442818 0.017981 11.52
4 Furnace Oil litre 504000 0.000124 0.08
5 Kerosene litre 12552000 0.010493 6.72
6 Fire Wood Tones 294 0.000112 0.07
7 Petrol litre 27719000 0.03178 20.37
8 Diesel litre 63513390 0.06707 42.99
Total 0.15603 100
Figure 16: Summary of Energy Consumption- Fuel wise
Total GHG emission

Annual GHG emission for the Gwalior City is given below in the table GHG emission
for the city is 901789 tones. Diesel is emitting highest GHG around 370698 tones Co2
per annum.

Table 12: Summary of GHG emissions – fuel wise

GHG
Type of Emission
Sl.No. Fuel Unit Total MTOE in tone %
1 Electricity kWh 326712903.9 0.028092 274438.8 30.43
2 Coal Tones 8880 0.004454 28096.3 3.12
3 LPG kg 34932602 0.01936 101685.0 11.28
Furnace
4 Oil litre 581333.3333 0.000143 1755.6 0.19
5 Kerosene litre 1046000 0.000874 1499.8 0.17
6 Fire Wood Tones 294 0.000112 54.0 0.01
7 Petrol litre 53722333.33 0.06159 123561.3 13.70
8 Diesel litre 138734333.3 0.14845 370698.1 41.11
Total 0.263076 901789.2 100.00
Figure 17: Summary of GHG emissions – fuel wise

7.0 Demand forecasting for the next 5/10 years- Year 2013 and year 2018
Managing electrical energy supply is a complex task. The most important part of
electric utility resource planning is forecasting of the future load demand in the
regional or national service area. This is usually achieved by constructing models on
relative information, such as climate and previous load demand data.
Prediction is a very difficult art, especially when it involves the future

-Neils Bohr (Nobel Laureate Physicist)
INTRODUCTION
Energy management and Planning is a capability required by Municipal
planners and electric utilities. Providing the balance between supply and demand in
energy market and supplying the customers with more efficiency are available via
satisfactory and reliable energy planning and demand forecasting. Demand
forecasting is a requirement for successful energy management. An accomplished
demand forecasting makes possible the trustiest planning for future. Especially, long
term demand forecasting is guidance for maintenance of electricity installations and
construction planning. Therefore, Municipal authorities, power system engineers
and electricity generation/distribution utilities attach importance to demand
forecasting.
Approach
There is a range of variables- affordability, growth in urban housing,

Population increase, increase in land use, increased per capita energy consumption
which have shaped the demand for energy from time to time. The empirical data,
over a period of time, in terms of energy use, its region-wise and sector-wise break-
up, and influence of relevant variables does not exist.
In view of this, we have adopted the following approach to demand projection.

• Utilizing learning from the primary survey and stakeholder interviews
• Putting together the present Sector wise energy consumption (2008)

• Estimating Population growth projections from the Gwalior CDP

•Estimating the present consumption of energy- in terms of sector wise requirement
and projecting future energy requirement.
•Developing energy consumption growth- estimates, sector-wise, from 2008 to 2018
We have utilized the following key inputs for estimation.

• Population projections
• CAGR: This is annual growth percentage; treating the immediate previous year as
base.
Sl. Region Area Population Population Population Population

No. (hectare)
(1991) (2001) (2011) (2021)
1 Gwalior Municipal 18985 692982 823277 1050000 1400000

corporation
2 Nivesh kshetra 42652 860000 942313 1230000 1600000
3 Gwalior Nivesh 73279 _ 1014808 1320000 1800000

kshetra and special
kshetra
Source : Gwalior CDP
• Land use projection for Gwalior from the Gwalior CDP

Table 13: Population growth projections
We would like to stress that these are rough estimates based on information
gathered during the primary survey.
Growth in GDP
This has multiplier effect and impacts disposable income, income-distribution
and growth of various electrical appliance usage. Indian GDP, growth over 1999-2009
has averaged 7.1% (CAGR), according to Central Statistical Organization. We expect
7% CAGR in GDP growth under realistic or most likely scenario over 2010-2022
period.
In development plan, on land-use rate of 10 hectare per thousand people,
city development plan is proposed in new area with consideration of the balance and
systematic development of city, and Distribution 2021 (allotment)
Table 14:Land use projections
Sl. Earth – use Proposed Area 2005 (in Developed Area 2008 (in Proposed Area 2021(in
No hectare) hectare) hectare)
Area % Rate Area % Rate of Area % Rate of

of land land
land utilization utilization
utilizat
ion
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
1. Residential 3992 50.5 3.19 2803 48.0 2.80 6400 49.0 3.9
2 Commercial 428 5.5 0.34 319 5.4 0.32 700 5.5 0.4
3 Industrial 405 5.1 0.32 367 6.3 0.36 1800 8.6 0.7
4 General and 683 8.6 0.55 922 15.8 0.92 1300 10.2 0.8
semi
General
5 General 375 4.7 0.30 222 3.8 0.22 300 2.4 0.2
services and
facilities
6 Amusement 598 7.6 0.48 212 3.6 0.21 1200 9.4 0.8
7 Transport 1421 18.0 1.14 997 17.1 0.99 1900 14.9 1.2
Total 7902 100 6.32 5842 100 5.82 13600 100 8.0
Source : Gwalior CDP

Methodology
Trend method
We have used the Trend Method for forecasting Energy Demand for 2013 and 2018.
This method falls under the category of the non-causal models of demand
forecasting that do not explain how the values of the variable being projected are
determined. Here, we express the variable to be predicted purely as a function of
time, rather than by relating it to other economic, demographic, policy and
technological variables. This function of time is obtained as the function that best
explains the available data, and is observed to be most suitable for short-term
projections.
This method has been used by the 16th Electric Power Survey (EPS) of the Central
Electricity Authority to forecast the consumption of most consumer categories
except HT Industries. The Base Paper of the EPS, detailing the methodological issues,
states that in the domestic, commercial and miscellaneous categories, the observed
time series in the number of consumers and consumption per capita have been
projected into the future, with adjustments for increase in appliance ownership. It is
only for the HT industries that an end-use method is used. It also mentions that
adjustments have been made to account for unmet demands due to the presence of
power cuts though the specific assumptions have not been elaborated upon. Thus,
unrestricted demands were worked out for the future.
Table 15:Demand Forecast
Year unit 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012

Electricity kWh 287317548 333558221 406529921 448947351 491364781
Coal Tones 8880 9502 10167 10878 11640
LPG kg 287328436 333569732 406542098 40931216 43760682
Furnace Oil litre 504000 984000 256000 860000 1464000
Kerosene litre 12552000 13430640 14370785 15376740 16453112
Fire Wood Tones 294 315 337 360 385
Petrol litre 27719000 31762000 34854000 38421500 41989000
Diesel litre 62684000 84089000 87746000 100277000 112808000

Year 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018

Electricity 533782211 576199641 618617071 661034501 703451931 745869361
Coal 12455 13326 14259 15257 16326 17468
LPG 46590148 49419614 52249080 55078546 57908012 60737478
Furnace
Oil 2068000 2672000 3276000 3880000 4484000 5088000
Kerosene 17604829 18837167 20155769 21566673 23076340 24691684
Fire Wood 412 441 472 505 541 578
Petrol 45556500 49124000 52691500 56259000 59826500 63394000
Diesel 125339000 137870000 150401000 162932000 175463000 187994000

8.0 RE Resource Assessment

Table 16: Monthly Averaged Clear Sky Insolation Incident On A Horizontal
Surface (kWh/m2/day)
Lon 78.18 Average Insolation
Jan 7.27
Feb 7.6
Mar 7.65
Apr 7.47
May 7.07
Jun 6.74
Jul 6.8
Aug 7.21
Sep 7.48
Oct 7.53
Nov 7.27
Dec 7.12
Annual Average 7.26
Fig 18 : Avg Insolation in clear sky day kWh/m2/day

Table 17: Average Solar Insolation
Lon 78.18 Average insolation
Jan 5.28
Feb 6.17
Mar 6.28
Apr 5.72
May 5.37
Jun 5.18
Jul 4.99
Aug 5.09
Sep 5.21
Oct 5.38
Nov 5.57
Dec 5.38
Annual Average 5.46
Fig 19 : Avg Insolation kWh/m2/day

Lon 78.18 Hours
Jan 12.1
Feb 12.1
Mar 12.1
Apr 12.1
May 12.1
Jun 12.1
Jul 12.1
Aug 12.1
Sep 12.1
Oct 12.1
Nov 12.1
Dec 12.1
Annual Average 12
Highest Resolution Energy Resource Estimate at 26.23° North Latitude 78.15° East
Longitude

Concentrating Solar Collectors: Direct Normal Irradiance (DNI): 5.02 kWh/m sq

Horizontal Flat Plate Collectors: Global Horizontal Irradiance
5.45 kWh/m sq
(GHI):
Tilted Flat Plate Collectors: Latitude Tilt Irradiance (TILT): 6.02 kWh/m sq
Wind Speed at 50m Above Ground: 3.25 m/s
Air Temperature at 10m Above Ground: 25.25 degree C

Earth Skin Temperature: 27.56 degree C
Cooling Degree Days Above 10 degrees Celsius: 5583 degree days
Heating Degree Days Below 18 degrees Celsius: 136 degree days
Atmospheric Pressure: 98.46 kPa
Relative Humidity: 50.86 %
Source : Renewable Energy Resource Explorer(RREX)
Madhya Pradesh is the centre of India. Gwalior is the one of major district in Madhya
Pradesh located on latitude 26.22o N and longitude 78.18 o E. Here average annual
solar insolation is greater than 5.2 kw/m2 /day. Solar potential is high on this place
compare to other part of India.

Wind resource Assesment:
Table 28 : Monthly Averaged Wind Speed At 50 m Above The Surface Of

The Earth (m/s)
Lon 78.18 Average
Jan 4.62
Feb 4.4
Mar 3.78
Apr 4.08
May 5.59
Jun 4.84
Jul 4.67
Aug 4.63
Sep 4.86
Oct 5.14
Nov 4.8
Dec 4.11
Annual Average 4.62

Fig 27: Avg. Wind Speed
The average wind speed needs to be above 5m/s (18km per hour) to make installing
a wind turbine worthwhile.
Hence it is clear from the assessment table that Wind energy feasibility is very poor
for implementation in this city
Municipal Solid Waste(MSW) to energy
The waste production rate of the Gwalior is estimated to be 735 tones per day from
waste stream, primary households, business and commercial waste, collectively
termed as Municipal Solid Waste, MSW. A huge potential of the power generation
from this waste is estimated to be 110250 MW per year. If it will be utilized fully
then it can meet up to 33 % of annual energy required. Net calorific value off the
MSW is 11508 Kcal/kg.the composition of the solid waste is as follow:

Energy generation Aspects

Daily production of the MSW is 785 Tones. It is expected that up to 75% of
the total generated MSW will be collected successfully. On this basis we can say
around 600 tones will be collected. It is shown from the below calculation that 8 MW
power plant can be installed
Quantity of MSW - 600 tones
Net calorific value - 11508 Kcal/kg
Energy Recovery Potential (kWh) - NCV x W x 1000/860 = NCV x W x 1.16
Power Generation Potential (in kW) = 1.16 x NCV X W/24 = 0.048 X NCV x W
Conversion Efficiency (in percentage) = 25%
Net Power Generation Potential (kW) = 0.012 x NCV x W
The Power Generation Potential in the above case shall be = 82857.6
= 8.23 MW
In all the above cases, for computation purpose we have taken conversion efficiency
as 25% only in order to validate power potential conservatively.
Biomass Resource Assessment:

Biomass Resource for Total Gwalior city is not available exactly. The major
agricultural products from Gwalior are Paddy, Bajra, Urid, Soyabean. The total
cultivable area is 22906 ha. The total biomass power generation estimate is more
than 6MW in Gwalior but the process of implementation is still into consideration.

Overall assessment conclusion:

This city has the huge potential of generating electricity through solid waste and
municipal waste annually. The solar power is also plays a good role in generating
electricity for the street lights and roof top PV for self grid generation of electricity.
This two major renewable energy technologies are more implementable and
advisable for utilization of Renewable energy power.
Grid Interactive RE installed capacity (MW):
The installed capacity data collected for total Madhya Pradesh and particularly in
that the contribution of Solar and Biomass energy are major from the Gwalior city.
Hence the more upcoming projects of renewable energy from solar power and
through the Solid waste management.



Gwalior is a historical city in the state of Madhya Pradesh, India and located
at 26.22 N 78.18 E .It has an average elevation of 197 meters (646 feet) and it is
122 km south of Agra and 423 km north of Bhopal, the capital of state. Gwalior
occupies largest location in the grid region of the India and its city and it fortress
have severed as the center of the several of historic northern Indian Kingdom.
Gwalior is the administrative headquarter of Gwalior district and Gwalior
division. Gwalior is spread over 5214 sq. km area having population more the 16
lakhs, is one of the most populated city of India. Main statistic of the city is given
below.
Total Area 18,985 hectare
No. of Households 505827 as per no. of meters residential
Net Irrigated Area 911.93 Sq. Km
Population 1629881
Literacy Rate
Male 80.83%
Female 56.76%
Per Capita Income 13456
Fig 20: Gwalior Wards

Currently Gwalior comprises off 60 wards with population density 43.3 person
per hectare. The average male female ratio in Gwalior is 870 female on per 1000
male.
Population as per census and projections in CDP
1991- 622982
2001- 823277
2011- 10,50,00
2021- 14,00,00

9.2 Summary of recommendations

Energy Energy
Annual
Investment Generated Generated
No Project Details GHG t
(Rs. In Lakhs) in lakh kWh /Saved
Co2
PA upto 2013
RESIDENTIAL SECTOR 0
1 RESIDENTIAL SOLAR WATER HEATERS 1050 95.5 14325 191
2 10500 75
GENERATION PROGRAMME(RPSSGP) 6975 150
3 SOLAR COOKER - BOX AND PARABOLA* 200 422 1670 844
PASSIVE BUILDING TECHNIQUES AND
4
GREEN BUILDINGS 0
Residential Sector Sub Total 11750 592.5 22970 1185
Savings
Savings(Tonnes
Investment Savings(Rs Savings(lakh kwh
No Project details of
(Rs. lakhs) lakhs p.a.) kWh p.a.) upto
carbon/year)
2013
RESIDENTIAL SECTOR
1 1.5 41.745 7.59 692.8
YOJANA 15.18
IMPLEMENTATION OF T-5
2 93.5 105 15.97 1456.9
INLINE BALLAST 31.94
IMPLEMENTATION OF 5-
3 STAR RATED AIR 500 208.137 31.54 2877.7
CONDITIONERS 63.08
IMPLEMENTATION OF
4 1000 424.49 77.18 7600
DUCTED AIR COOLERS 154.36
ENERGY STAR RATED
5 2000 337.15 61.3 5700
REFRIGERATORS 122.6
6 1000
ENERGY HOME/OFFICE
ESTABLISHMENT OF
ENERGY CENTRE FOR
7 135
SERVICE AND
DEMONSTRATION
Residential Sector Total 4788 1116.522 193.58 18327.4 387.16

9.3 Renewable energy Initiatives
9.3.1
Background and Justification of the project
Water heating in Indian Households
Hot water is required in households for bathing, cleaning of utensils, washing of

clothes, cooking, preparation of cattle feed, etc. In majority of the households in the
country, water heating is carried out using the device (stove) used for cooking. While
in rural areas, biomass is the main fuel that is used for water heating, in urban
households, LPG stove, electrical immersion rod, electric geyser, LPG/PNG geyser are
the main appliances that are used for water heating. Penetration of electric geysers
is still low in the country and is mostly restricted to urban areas. Studies on

ownership of appliances conducted by NSSO indicate that while the ownership of

basic appliances like fans and TV are distributed across different income categories.
Appliances like electric geysers, washing machines and air-conditioners which can be
considered as more luxurious goods are owned by households with the highest level
of income. As per the estimates of electric geyser industry, the current sale of
electric geysers (mostly 15 and 25 liter capacity) in the country is 1.5-1.8 million
pieces/ year and the annual growth in sale is around 20%18. A study on energy use
in residential sector carried out by Ernest Orlando Lawrence Berkley Laboratory ,
USA estimates that in the year 2010, around 17 million households in India (6.5% of
the total households) would be using electric geysers. This number is estimated to
increase sharply to 56 million households (17.6% of the total households) by the year
2020. The sharp increase is mainly attributed to increase in household incomes, with
greater percentage of population being able to afford an electric geyser.
Solar water heaters are also an integral part of the recently announced Jawaharlal
Nehru National Solar Mission (JNNSM) of Government of India. The Mission targets
to have 20 million m2 of Solar Water Heater collectors by the year 2022
(Table 19)
Table 19:Capacity addition target under JNNSM
Cumulative Target Addition during the Phase

Phase I (2010-13) 7 million m2 3.45 million m2
Phase II (2013- 17) 15 million m2 8 million m2
Phase III (2017-22) 20 million m2 5 million m2
Source: JNNSM document, MNRE
Residential Sector
Residential sector is the largest sector both in terms of installations as well as sales.
As per industry estimates, currently, almost 70-80% of the SWH sales occur in the
residential sector. In the year 2001, almost 80% of the SWH installations in India
were in the commercial and industrial sectors, since then, residential sector has
overtaken commercial and industrial sectors and has become the main driver of
growth of SWH in India. It is estimated that in 2009 around 7 lakh households

(around 0.4% of the total households) in the country were using SWH systems. More
than 95% of these households are located in the urban areas.
Growth of SWH in Residential Sector
The main reasons for growth in SWH in residential sector in recent years are:
• Growth in new housing: During 1991-2001 period, 54 million new housing units
were added. In recent years, the demand for new housing has shown rapid increase.
This is attributed to: increase in disposable incomes, easy availability of credit, trend
towards smaller household size, and urbanization. A recent study predicts the
demand for new housing units to range between 6.9 million to 9.7 million per year
for the period 2005-203014.
• Rising income and increased propensity for consumer durables:

India has been experiencing consistent economic growth since early 1990’s, this is
reflected also in the household incomes. The number of households having an
annual income > Rs 5 lakh/ year has been estimated to grow 10 times -- from around
1 million households in 1995-96 to 10 million households in 2009-10. Increase in
household incomes has resulted in increased penetration of consumer durables in
households e.g. the penetration rate of cars has been estimated to triple from 3% in
2001-02 to over 9% in 2009-10. It is fair to assume that the demand for SWH in the
residential sector has been fuelled by rising incomes.
Factors Influencing SWH Market in Residential Sector
Demand for hot water:

Type of house: Low-rise independent houses with clear ownership of the roof offer
most favourable conditions for installation of SWH. A majority of existing SWH
installations fall under this category. In recent years, SWH have been installed on

multi-storey apartment buildings. The general perception amongst stakeholders is

that SWH are more suitable for independent house. Some of the apprehensions
about the feasibility of a centralized solar water heating system in multi-story
buildings are related with:
• Inadequate area on the roof for installation of SWH.
• Non-availability of technical solutions to ensure equitable distribution, metering of
hot water
• Problems associated with the management of a community system.
SWH supply chain:

The numbers of active dealers of SWH in Gwalior are very small. Most of these
dealers were found to be small and part-timers, pursing SWH business along with
other businesses. Weakness in supply chain is a significant barrier in increasing
penetration of SWH.
Electricity supply situation: Electric geysers were found to be the most common
water-heating device in the surveyed households. As a result, electricity shortages
particularly power-cuts during morning hours influences the demand for SWH.
SWH Size
Generally the size of a domestic SWH installation is taken as 100 lpd.
Thus for calculating number of SWH household and for projecting demand for SWH,
the average collector area of a domestic SWH system is taken as 2 m2 collector area.
Implementation of Solar Water heater in Gwalior

We are blessed with Solar Energy in abundance at no cost. The solar radiation
incident on the surface of the earth can be conveniently utilized for the benefit of
human society. Gwalior receives an average solar radiation in the range of 5.2 to
5.75 kilowatt hours per square meter per day, with about 250-300 sunny days in a
year. Solar energy is fundamentally tapped in two different ways; by directly using
the heat that is received from the sun and by application of photovoltaic to convert

light energy into electricity. Thermal energy is required to fulfill several purposes in
the domestic, agricultural, industrial, and commercial sectors of Gwalior.
Basics of Solar Water heating System
One of the popular devices that harness the solar energy is solar hot water
system. A solar water heater consists of a collector to collect solar energy and an
insulated storage tank to store hot water. The solar energy incident on the absorber
panel coated with selected coating transfers the hat to the riser pipes underneath
the absorber panel. The water passing through the risers get heated up and are
delivered the storage tank. The re-circulation of the same water through absorber
panel in the collector raises the temperature to 80 C (Maximum) in a good sunny
day. The total system with solar collector, storage tank and pipelines is called solar
hot water system.
Broadly, the solar water heating systems are of two categories. They are:
closed loop system and open loop system. In the first one, heat exchangers are
installed to protect the system from hard water obtained from bore wells or tap
water. In the other type, either thermosyphon or forced circulation system, the
water in the system is open to the atmosphere at one point or other. The
thermosyphon systems are simple and relatively inexpensive. They are suitable for
domestic and small institutional systems, provided the water is treated and potable
in quality. The forced circulation systems employ electrical pumps to circulate the
water through collectors and storage tanks.
The choice of system depends on heat requirement, weather conditions, heat

transfer fluid quality, space availability, annual solar radiation, etc. The SHW
systems are economical, pollution free and easy for operation in warm countries like
ours.
Based on the collector system, solar water heaters can be of two types.

Flat Plate Collectors (FPC) based Solar Water Heaters
The solar radiation is absorbed by Flat Plate Collectors which consist of an

insulated outer metallic box covered on the top with glass sheet. Inside there are
blackened metallic absorber (selectively coated) sheets with built in channels or riser
tubes to carry water. The absorber absorbs the solar radiation and transfers the
heat to the flowing water.
Evacuated Tube Collectors (ETC) based Solar Water Heaters
Evacuated Tube Collector is made of double layer borosilicate glass tubes

evacuated for providing insulation. The outer wall of the inner tube is coated with
selective absorbing material. This helps absorption of solar radiation and transfers
the heat to the water which flows through the inner tube. There are 44 MNRE
approved ETC based solar water heating suppliers. Solar water heating is now a
mature technology. Wide spread utilization of solar water heaters can reduce a
significant portion of the conventional energy being used for heating water in
homes, factories and other commercial and institutional establishments.
Salient Features of Solar Water Heating System
Solar Hot Water System turns cold water into hot water with the help of
sun’s rays.
• Around 60 deg. – 80 deg. C temperature can be attained depending on solar

radiation, weather conditions and solar collector system efficiency
• Hot water for homes, hostels, hotels, hospitals, restaurants, dairies,
industries etc.
• Can be installed on roof-tops, building terrace and open ground where there
is no shading, south orientation of collectors and over-head tank above SWH
system
• SWH system generates hot water on clear sunny days (maximum), partially
clouded (moderate) but not in rainy or heavy overcast day
• Only soft and potable water can be used
• Stainless Steel is used for small tanks whereas Mild Steel tanks with
anticorrosion coating inside are used for large tanks
• Solar water heaters (SWHs) of 100-300 litres capacity are suited for domestic
application.

• Larger systems can be used in restaurants, guest houses, hotels, hospitals,

industries etc.
Fuel Saving
A 100 litres capacity SWH can replace an electric geyser for residential use
and saves 1500 units of electricity annually.
Avoided utility cost on generation
The use of 1000 SWHs of 100 litres capacity each can contribute to a peak
load saving of 1 MW.
Environmental benefits
A SWH of 100 litres capacity can prevent emission of 1.5 tonnes of carbondioxide per
year.
Life : 15-20 years
Approximate cost :
Rs.15000- 20,000 for a 100 litres capacity system and Rs.110-150 per installed
litre for higher capacity systems
Payback period :
3-4 years when electricity is replaced
4-5 years when furnace oil is replaced
5-6 years when coal is replaced
Though the initial investment for a solar water heater is high compared to available
conventional alternatives, the return on investment has become increasingly
attractive with the increase in prices of conventional energy. The pay back period
depends on the site of installation, utilization pattern and fuel replaced.
Proposed initiatives for rapid deployment of Solar Water heaters in residential

sector
1. Implementation through Electricity Distribution Companies
There is a need to provide soft-term loan and, depending on the region and building
vintage, a financial incentive to promote the market over next 5 to 8 years.

Electricity distribution companies are the most appropriate vehicle to operate the
package. The customer will appreciate readily the proposition of electricity-saving,
rebate on electricity bill and outgo on account of SWH- purchase for a specified
period because the company will make a single, consolidated proposal; smoothening
all transactions.
The distribution companies are also best equipped to operate compulsory
installation policy for new buildings as well as old ones requiring extra power. They
will build a clear database of installations, loan/rebate provided, SWH- performance
and electricity saving. GMC should set-up a working group to initiate a dialogue with
State Electricity Board and MP Urja Vikas Nigam to develop a SWH programme for
implementation through Electricity Distribution Company by 2013/2018.
2. Implementation-Oriented Mandatory Regulations

Mandatory regulations would remain a very important tool for developing market
for SWH. Thus, it is imperative that the SWH mandatory regulations addresses the
essential legal, administrative and technical issues and outlines the implementation
mechanism. A notification has already been passed by the Government of Madhya
Pradesh for providing incentives ranging from Rs.3000 to Rs.3300 per solar water
heater as a State Financial Assistance to promote the use of solar energy in Madhya
Pradesh.
3. Strategy for Multi-storied Buildings

Given the shift towards multi-storey residential buildings, addressing water heating
in multi-storey residential buildings through solar water heaters would be the key to
realize potential in residential sector. A package of mandatory regulations,
technomanagerial solutions, working models and best practices and incentives is
essential for multi-storied buildings.
4. Promoting Energy Service Company (ESCO) based models

For setting-up large SWH installations in commercial buildings, industries and large
residential developments, ESCO approach has the potential to become the most
preferred implementation arrangement. GMC should develop an action plan to

develop feasible ESCO models and create conducive environment for development
of sustainable SWH ESCO businesses.
There are 505 827 metered households. Assuming that approximately 10 000
households implement solar water heaters with favorable policies and incentives
offered by the Gwalior Municipal Corporation, the following will be the benefits.
Table 20 Year wise Programmed target for Rapid deployment of solar water
heaters
GHG
Capacity
in Savings Savings
thousand Cost(in in kwhrs in
Year Number of Installations Litres Lakhs Rs.) P.a Tonnes
1 100 10 11 100000 5 150
2 200 20 22 200000 10 300
3 500 50 55 500000 25 750
4 750 75 82.5 750000 37.5 1125
5 1000 100 110 1000000 50 1500
6 1000 100 110 1000000 50 1500
7 1000 100 110 1000000 50 1500
8 1500 150 165 1500000 75 2250
9 1500 150 165 1500000 75 2250
10 2000 200 220 2000000 100 3000
Total 9550 955 1050.5 9550000 477.5 14325
Key Financials
Total Investment in 10 years: Rs.1050.00 lakhs
Total Subsidy
Total subsidy@3000 Rs/system:Rs. 286 lakhs
Savings:
Energy Savings till Year 2013:23050 Mwhrs
Energy Savings in 10 years: 36550 Mwhrs
Savings in Rs(lakhs):Rs.477.5
Study of Major Government Legislations in India
Study of Policy across India:

The highlights of the present policy environment are as follows:

• Several of the municipal corporations have issued orders making SWH use
compulsory for new multi-story housing and houses constructed on plots having
area more than 500 sq. yards.
• A few of the municipal corporations are offering rebate in property tax
• A few of electricity distribution companies offer rebate in monthly electricity bills
• Several states offer upfront subsidy for residential systems
• IREDA through banks is operating an interest subsidy scheme to offer concessional
finance for installation of SWH.
If certain policy measures are implemented rigorously it has the potential to become
an important driver in market development.
1. Upfront Subsidies
Upfront subsidies by states/towns through their local urban bodies do assist in
development of market in the initial stages but the process of availing subsidy is
generally long and cumbersome and in the states where it is offered only a fraction
of the SWH owner households are availing subsidies due to delay in disbursement.
To overcome this hurdle, the GoMP has initiated the TATKAL SCHEME in Madhya
Pradesh for availing the Solar Water heater subsidies.
Highlights
. Bank Guarantee based allocation of subsidy
.Subsidies to be released within 3 working days if all conditions are met
2. Rebate on Property Tax

Rebate on property tax is being offered by only few cities, the amount of rebate
available is small; the effectiveness of this instrument is yet to be tested. It is
advisable for GMC to initiate a rebate in property tax for households installing solar
water heaters ranging for 2-5% of the property tax.
3. Rebate in Electricity Bills

Rebate in electricity bills is a useful instrument to promote SWH, MPUVN can initiate
a reduction in 5 ps per unit tariff subject to a maximum of Rs50 per month in the
electricity bill.

4. Soft loans from Commercial Banks

Only a few banks and financial intermediaries are putting effort in implementing
IREDA interest subsidy scheme. The scheme is being implemented successfully in
some pockets; however, there is a scope to improve implementation of this scheme.
Existing.
Notification issued for judicious use and conservation of power in state
13 March 2010 : Bhopal
The state government has issued a notification for judicious use and conservation
of power in Madhya Pradesh. In the wake of this notification, now it will be
mandatory to use power judiciously and conserve it as per provisions of Urja
Sanrakshan Adhiniyam 2001.
As per the notification, the use of solar water heating system will be mandatory in
buildings and places of various categories. These buildings include commercial and
industrial establishments where warm water is required for processing apart from
private and government hospitals, nursing homes, all the private and government
sector hotels, motels, rest houses, restaurants and canteens. The buildings of
business and industrial establishments, whose capital exceeds Rs 50 lakh and
where warm water is used, will have to cater to their 25 per cent hot water
requirement through solar water heating system within one year of the issuance
of the notification.
All the government departments will amend their laws and bylaws within two
months after issuance of the notification for making solar water heating system
mandatory in their buildings. Madhya Pradesh Energy Development Corporation
will function as the nodal agency for ensuring installation of solar water heating
systems.
Incandescent bulbs have been banned in all the newly constructed buildings in the

government sector and the sectors which are financially aided by the government.
Now, energy-saving lighting instruments such as CFL, LED-based light, electronic

blast, regulators and tube lights will be used in these buildings. Necessary changes
will have to be made in all other buildings of government sector and the sectors
which are aided by the government to ensure use of energy-efficient lighting
devices within two months of the issuance of the notification.
As per the notification, all the government sector and government-aided

institutions, municipal corporations, municipalities, Nagar Panchayats, Gram
Panchayats, cooperative bodies, housing societies, development boards,
development authorities etc will have to use only ISI/BEE-certified pumps sets,
motors, valves, power capacitors, streetlights etc.
The concept of energy-efficient designs will be incorporated in the layouts of all

the new buildings to be constructed in government and government-aided
sectors.
The state government has made Madhya Pradesh Energy Development

Corporation as the nodal agency for the implementation of this notification.
Proposed Incentives and Policy recommendations for implementation in GMC area
Policy
• Loan @ 2%, 3% and 5% respectively to residential, institutional and
industrial/commercial customers.
• Capital subsidy equivalent to upfront interest subsidy to institutional and
industrial/commercial customers who do not avail of concessional interest
Loan to be highlighted by GMC in association with MPUVN
• Capital subsidy @ Rs.3000-3300 per 100 lpd, in addition to concessional interest
loans, to residential customers
• Accelerated depreciation @ 80% to profit-making industrial/commercial
customers

• Rebate in electricity bill, @ Rs. 50 to 150 per month, to residential customers

• Rebate in municipal property tax @ 6% to 10%, to SWH- owners
•Gwalior Municipal Corporation regulations making installation of SWH compulsory
for
• Housing units above a cut-off size
• hospitals & nursing homes,
• hotels, lodges and guest houses,
• hostel, school, colleges, training centers and other institutes,
• barracks of armed forces, paramilitary forces and police
The announcement has been done to make SWH mandatory by MPUVN as per
MNRE guidelines. There is no property tax rebate, nor any electricity rebate.

9.3.2
Background and Project Justification
Solar PV power Generating System

Solar power is the conversion of sunlight to electricity. Sunlight can be converted
directly into electricity using photovoltaic (PV). Solar PV system is an arrangement of
photovoltaic array, solar charge controller PCU, Battery bank and protection devices
in which solar energy is converted into direct current electricity via Photovoltaic
effect.
Photovoltaic is the most direct way to convert solar radiation into electricity and is
based on the photovoltaic effect. It is quite generally defined as the emergence of an
electric voltage between two electrodes attached on a solid or liquid system upon
shining light on to this system. Practically all photovoltaic devices incorporate a pn

junction in a semiconductor across which the photovoltage is developed. These

devices are also known as solar cell.
Types of the system

1. Hybrid system
2. Stand alone system
3. Grid connected system.
1. Hybrid system
Photovoltaic hybrid system is the system with battery storage powering DC
or AC loads and using backup power source (wind, engine-generator, utility power)
Fig 21: Hybrid System

Stand alone PV system are designed to operates independently from the grid
and are designed and sized to supply certain DC or AC load.
Fig 22: Stand alone system

3. Grid connected system

Grid-connected PV system are designed to operate in parallel with and
interconnected with electric utility grid.
Fig 23: Grid Connected System
4 Balance of system (BOS):
BOS includes mounting systems and wiring systems used to integrate the solar
modules into the structural and electrical systems of the home. The wiring systems
include disconnects for the dc and ac sides of the inverter, ground-fault protection,
and overcurrent protection for the solar modules.
The BOS is defined as everything except the PV modules and the load. The
BOS includes:
 The land, fencing, buildings etc
 Module support structures
 External wiring & connection boxes
 Power Conditioning equipment, inverter, charge controllers,
transformers, etc.
 Safety & Protective equipment- diodes, switches, lighting protection,
circuit breakers, ground rods and cables etc.
 Energy Storage batteries
 Utility Grid Interface and Connective devices
 Wretches monitoring instruments and associated sensors
(pyranometers, thermometers, anemometer etc)

 Data acquisition equipment for monitoring & evaluating the PV

system performance
Project justification:
Madhya Pradesh is the centre of India. Gwalior is the one of major district of
Madhya Pradesh located on latitude 26.22o N and longitude 78.18 o E. Here average
annual solar insolation is greater than 5.2 kw/m2 /day. Solar potential is high on this
place compare to other part of India.
Setting a Power System based on solar will not only help to additional power
requirement but serve the salient features
• A clean. Silent and eco- friendly source of power
• Negligible maintenance as there are no moving parts
• Long life spam of solar modules
• Simple installation: Can be mounted on the roof to of ground.
• Can be installed at point of use to avoid the transmission losses.
Today when country is facing scarcity of the power. Solar energy is very large,
inexhaustible source of energy. Currently Gwalior is taking electricity from the state
electricity board. It energy demand is increasing day by day. Keeping each point in
the mind (cost of power, different losses, uncertain power cut) Extracting power
from the solar is the one way to become independent for the need of power.
Objective of this project

Objectives of the project are
1. To implement a 5 Mw Rooftop PV & Small Solar Power Generation
Programme(RPSSGP) in Gwalior City
2. To use the most effective and environmental friendly power saving method.
3. Shift portion of day time lighting load to Solar Power.
4. Reduce the pollution.
5. Reduce the GHG emission.
Solar Energy Potential in Gwalior

Solar Energy resource assessment is the primary & essential exercise for solar energy
projects because of its intermittent nature.
The maximum possible values of solar radiation on earth are solar Constant (1367
W/m2)
To know the Solar Energy Potential in Gwalior following resources have been used
1) Average Sunshine Hours
2) Average wind speed
3) Average rainfall
4) Average ambient air temperature
5) Average maximum solar radiation
6) Average minimum solar radiation
7) Average solar radiation on Horizontal Surface
8) Average solar radiation on tilted surface
Table 21: Monthly Averaged Insolation Incident on A Horizontal Surface
(kWh/m2/day)
Lon 78.18 22-year Average
Jan 5.28
Feb 6.17
Mar 6.28
Apr 5.72
May 5.37
Jun 5.18
Jul 4.99
Aug 5.09
Sep 5.21
Oct 5.38
Nov 5.57
Dec 5.38

Annual Average 5.46
Project Site Details

Site Details
(1) Location/Address Gwalior
(2) Altitude 207 M
(3) Latitude 26.22o N
(4) Longitude 78.18 o E
(5) Av rainfall 88.9 cm
(6) Temperature
Summer: 33°C - 45°C,
Winter: 1 °C - 20 °C
Fig 24: Avg Insolation kWh/m2/day
Table 22: Monthly Averaged Clear Sky Insolation Incident on A Horizontal

Surface (kWh/m2/day)
Lon 78.18 Average Insolation
Jan 7.27
Feb 7.6

Mar 7.65
Apr 7.47
May 7.07
Jun 6.74
Jul 6.8
Aug 7.21
Sep 7.48
Oct 7.53
Nov 7.27
Dec 7.12
Annual Average 7.26
Fig 25: Avg Insolation in clear sky day kWh/m2/day

Lon 78.18 Hours

Jan 12.1
Feb 12.1
Mar 12.1
Apr 12.1
May 12.1
Jun 12.1
Jul 12.1
Aug 12.1
Sep 12.1
Oct 12.1
Nov 12.1
Dec 12.1
Annual Average 12

Table 24 : Monthly Averaged Declination (degrees)
Lon 78.18 degrees

Jan -20.7
Feb -12.3
Mar -1.8
Apr 9.71
May 18.8
Jun 23
Jul 21.2
Aug 13.7
Sep 3.08
Oct -8.45
Nov -18.1
Dec -22.8
Table 25: Minimum Radiation Incident on an Equator-pointed Tilted Surface

(kWh/m2/day)
Lon 78.18 Direct Tilt 0 Tilt 15 Tilt 90

Jan 4.15 4.45 4.66 2.71

Feb 5.03 5.06 5.18 2.51
Mar 4.9 5.1 5.03 1.83
Apr 4.52 4.99 5 2.05
May 4.07 4.24 4.34 2.2
Jun 4.22 4.29 4.45 2.41
Jul 3.72 4.16 4.29 2.26
Aug 3.16 3.92 3.94 1.87
Sep 3.34 4.36 4.28 1.64
Oct 3.68 4.5 4.54 2.1
Nov 3.78 4.05 4.19 2.35
Dec 4.3 4.55 4.82 2.92
Annual
Average 4.07 4.47 4.56 2.24
Table 26: Optimum Tilt
Lon 78.18 Tilt 15

Jan 4.66
Feb 5.18
Mar 5.03
Apr 5

May 4.34
Jun 4.45
Jul 4.29
Aug 3.94
Sep 4.28
Oct 4.54
Nov 4.19
Dec 4.82
Annual Average 4.56
Fig 26 : Optimum Tilt
Table 27 : Monthly Averaged Air Temperature At 10 m Above The Surface

Of The Earth (°C)
Lon 78.18 Average Minimum Maximum

Jan 26.9 26.2 27.6
Feb 26.8 26.1 27.5
Mar 27.2 26.5 27.8
Apr 27.5 26.8 28.1

May 27.7 27.1 28.3

Jun 27.3 26.6 27.9
Jul 27 26.3 27.6
Aug 26.7 26.1 27.3
Sep 26.7 26.1 27.3
Oct 26.7 26.1 27.3
Nov 26.7 26.1 27.3
Dec 26.7 26 27.4
Annual Average 27 26.3 27.6
Table 28 : Monthly Averaged Wind Speed At 50 m Above The Surface Of

The Earth (m/s)
Lon 78.18 Average
Jan 4.62
Feb 4.4
Mar 3.78

Apr 4.08
May 5.59
Jun 4.84
Jul 4.67
Aug 4.63
Sep 4.86
Oct 5.14
Nov 4.8
Dec 4.11
Annual Average 4.62
Fig 27: Avg. Wind Speed
Technical
and Plant
Design
It is
proposed to
install
1Kw/2Kw
grid
connected rooftop Solar PV generating Systems on participating households in
Gwalior

Fig 28: Working Principal of Solar PV
Component of Solar PV System:-
1 Solar Module:-
A solar module is a packaged, interconnected assembly of solar cells
also known as photovoltaic cells. The solar panel can be used as a component
of a larger photovoltaic system to generate and supply electricity in
commercial and residential applications.
2 Combiner box& main junction box (CB & MJB):-
The Combiner Box is an electrical distribution box where the DC
circuit breakers are placed. Note that the breakers are usually sold
separately. The Combiner Box combines the multiple DC inputs coming from
the panel terminations and converts these into one DC output. The output of
the combiner box is connected to the charge controller or the inverter,
depending on the type of system installed.
3 Solar module mounting structure
The fabricated galvanized steel structure is used to support the solar
modules. Tilt is approximately equal to the site latitude with a minimum of 10
degrees for self-cleaning & water runoff, unless otherwise specifically stated.
Fig 29: Solar module mounting structure

4 ACDB and DCDB
AC and DC distribution board refers to an equipment which consist of

bus bar, and possible switches, fuse links and automatic protective
equipment, bypass equipment for connecting, controlling and protecting a
number of branch circuits fed from main circuit.
5 Inverter
Inverter is a device which that converts direct current (DC) to
alternating current (AC). The converted AC can be at any required voltage
and frequency with the use of appropriate transformer, switching and control
circuit.
6 Power Conditioning Unit

Power conditioning unit is used for improving the quality of the power that is
delivered to electrical load equipment. Proper selection of the Power conditioning
unit ensures that the system will operate in the optimum range and also extends the
life-time of the various components.
System Design and Development:-
A block diagram of the system is shown in Fig. In this design the following factors
have been taken into consideration.
_ Grid interfacing circuitry matching,
_ Effects of voltage fluctuation, harmonic distortion and stability

_ Over current, over voltage protection and power failure

_ Power conditioning and flickering
_ Safety, bi-directional metering for power tariff
_Centralized metering and energy tracking system
_Solar performance monitoring
Details of the Scheme
A distributed approach to solar energy is the smart next generation thinking that will
drive the renewable industry forward. As more and more utilities-scale solar farms
face delays and criticism over land use issues such as natural habitat infringement,
rooftops are already there and just waiting for a solar panel upgrade. While
maintenance of a vast network of solar rooftops spread out across entire cities may
prove cumbersome, it will open up maintenance-related job opportunities, further
spurring economic recovery. What’s better is that the project is entirely funded by
the private sector, which just goes to show that renewable energy doesn’t need to
rely on government subsidies to be viable.
It is proposed to install 1 Kw or 2 kw solar PV grid connected power generating
system to be installed on roof tops in Gwalior city on a maximum of 5000 houses.
The project developer is proposed to be GMC in association with a private/semi
Government entity.
Financials
Total Investment: Rs.105 crores
Installed Capacity: 5 Mw
Table 29:Financials for 5 Mw rooftop solar SPV project
1 Assumed cost of 1 Wp as per MNRE guidelines Rs 60
2 Cost of 1 Kw of Solar PV grid connnected system Rs. 60000
3 System Capacity Kw 1
4 Hours of sunlight per day Hours 5.5
5 No. of sunny days Days 330
Rs. Per
6 Cost of Energy Paid per kwh to EB Kwh 5

7 Annual Generation of energy by solar Kwh pa 1815

8 Cost of Energy Paid per kwh by EB to project developer
Rs per
kwh 15.49
First Phase: 10 years

Amount per Kwh of generated energy paid by Rs per
10 developer to kwh 1
house owner
Net amount per unit of Kwh generated earned by Rs per
11 developer kwh 14.49
12 Amount earned by house owner in first 10 years Rs 18150
13 Amount earned by developer Rs 262993.5
Second Phase: 10 years

14 Annual Generation of energy by solar Kwh pa 1633.5
15 developer to kwh 5.49
house owner
16 developer kwh 10
17 Amount earned by house owner in second 10 years Rs 89679.15
18 Amount earned by developer in second 10 years Rs 163350
Third Phase: 5 years

developer to kwh 7.745
20 house owner
22 Amount earned by house owner in third 5 years Rs 56931.55
23 Amount earned by developer in third 5 years Rs 56931.55


Developer
Phase 10
1 years 262993.5
Phase 10
2 years 163350
Phase
3 5 years 56931.55
Total 483275.05
Average monthly receipts

Rs. 2685
House Owner
Phase 10
1 years 18150
Phase 10
2 years 89679.15
Phase
3 5 years 56931.55
Total 164760.70

Rs. 915
Energy Saved/Generated
Implementation Scheme
For implementing grid connected roof top solar PV system in a phased manner an
implementation scheme has also been proposed. The main features of the proposed
scheme for the initial period would be:
 A Special Purpose Vehicle Organization (SPVO) will be
established for developing the projects as bundled project for project financial
structuring and availing CDM benefits by the SPVO. SPVO will also undertake
following activities:
o Project technical and financial structuring
o Obtaining various clearances, approvals etc
o Identification and approval of vendors

o Establishing qualifying criteria for selection of implementing

organization
o Development of bid documents
o Others activities required to prepare a detailed project report and
structuring of the project
 The company can avail tax benefits related to accelerated
depreciation. While individuals/Government may not be able to avail tax benefits
related to interest on loans.
 Once the project is ready the SPVO will call for bids for
lowest rates and select the bidder (company) with lowest bid for implementing
project on Build-Own-Operate (BOO) basis.

9.3.3
a) Solar cooker
Solar cooker is a device which uses the energy of sunlight to heat food
or drink to cook it or sterilize it. There is no cost for solar radiation. Using
parabolic, box, or panel cookers means no gas or electricity costs. They are
easy to maintain and just as easy to build. With a little planning and some
basic mathematical calculations, anyone can own their own solar cooker.
Besides the economic savings, solar cooking helps in the fight against global
warming and deforestation. By using the sun’s rays to cook meals, firewood is
saved and in many remote areas time is used more usefully than for
gathering the necessary firewood needed for wood burning stoves
Box cookers
A box cooker has a transparent glass or plastic top, and it may have
additional reflectors to concentrate sunlight into the box. The top can usually
be removed to allow dark pots containing food to be placed inside. One or
more reflectors of shiny metal or foil-lined material may be positioned to
bounce extra light into the interior of the oven chamber. Cooking containers
and the inside bottom of the cooker should be dark-colored or black. Inside
walls should be reflective to reduce radiative heat loss and bounce the light
towards the pots and the dark bottom, which is in contact with the pots.

Cookers with paraboloidal reflectors

When a three dimensional parabola (i.e. a paraboloid) is aimed at the sun, all
the light that falls upon its mirrored surface is reflected to a point known as
the focus. If a black cooking pot is placed at the focus it will absorb the light's
energy and become very hot. A satellite dish is an example of a parabaloid
that can be made into a cooker. Parabolic Solar cookers heat up quickly and
are used like a standard stovetop range to sauté or fry foods, boil water, or
even bake bread. They can also be used to generate steam, power sterling
engines, crack water to produce H2 gas,and even plasma matter.
Fig 30 : Cookers with paraboloidal reflectors

Benefits
• Solar cookers use no fuel, which means that their users do not need
to fetch or pay for firewood, gas, electricity, or other fuels. Therefore,
over time a solar cooker can pay for itself in reduced fuel costs. Since
it reduces firewood use, the solar cooker reduces deforestation and
habitat loss. Since there are about 2 billion people who are still
cooking on open fires, widespread use of solar cookers could have
large economic and environmental benefits
• Solar box cookers attain temperatures of up to about 165 deg. C (325
deg. F), so they can be used to sterilize water or prepare most foods
that can be made in a conventional oven or stove, from baked bread
to steamed vegetables to roasted meat. When solar ovens are placed
outside, they do not contribute unwanted heat inside houses.
• Solar cookers do not produce any smoke as a product of combustion.
The indoor concentration of health-damaging pollutants from a
typical wood-fired cooking stove creates carbon monoxide and other

noxious fumes at anywhere between seven and 500 times over the
allowable limits. Fire-based cooking also produces ashes and soot,
which make the home dirtier. However, any type of cooking, including
solar cooking, can evaporate grease, oil, etc., from the food into the
air.
• Unlike cooking over an open fire, children cannot be burned by
touching many types of solar cookers, which are made from
cardboard or plastic and do not get hot. Unlike all fuel-based cooking
arrangements, these solar cookers are not fire hazards. However,
solar cookers that concentrate sunlight, e.g. with paraboloidal
reflectors, do produce high temperatures which could cause injury or
fire.
Solar cooking technologies have been considered as cheap and robust

technologies for the developing countries for quite some time.
Telkes(1959) through her experiments on solar ovens remarks on the cost
effectiveness of solar box cookers and on their applicability in preparing a
wide range of food practically all types of foods can be prepared. We
conclude that all types of food can be prepared in solar ovens of the types
described (triangular solar oven, pot stove, and the cylindrical oven
carried out a study on food processing ability of 7 solar cookers. He
established the principle requirements for successful adoption of solar
cookers as:
(i) Unit must cook foods effectively. Unit must be capable of providing a
sufficient energy rate, at desired temperature, and to desired quantity of
food.
(ii) It must be sturdy to withstand rough handling and natural hazards.
(iii) It must be sociologically acceptable and fit in with the cooking and
eating habits of the people.
(iv)It must be economically possible for the user to obtain the cooker at a
cost that gives him gain by its use (ibid).

Proposed Project:
There are 505 827 households in Gwalior based on data of residential
electricity connections as released by the DISCOM.
It is proposed to facilitate the sale of 10000 solar cookers in the city of

Gwalior in the years upto 2018 in two phases.
Phase Quantity of Solar Cookers sold
Phase –I 3000
Period: upto 2013
Phase-II 7000
Period : 2013-2018
Total 10000
Economics of Solar Box cookers

Electricity Substitution
Type of cooker : Solar Box Type
No. of hours used in a day : 4 hrs
Total no. of sunshine day in one year : 330
No. of hours of use in one year : 330 × 4 = 1320 hrs
Total kW saving in one year : 1320 hrs × 3.2 kW
: 4224 kWh
Total no. of Cookers : 10,000
Total no. of years : 2011 -2018 = 7 years
Hence total Energy saving in kWh in 7 years : 295680000 kWh
=2957 Lakh kwh
Total Saving in Rs @ 5 Rs/kWh : 1478400000 Rs/-
: 14784 Lakhs INR
Total GHG reduction (tone carbon) : 295680000 × 0.000963

= 284739.84 tonnes
LPG Substitution
No. of cylinders saved per year per cooker : 4

Annual LPG saved in Kgs for 10000 cookers : 4 X 14.4 kgs/cyl X 10 000 kgs
= 5 76 000 kgs/year
Amount Saved annually @Rs.32 per kg : Rs. 184.32 lakhs
Investment for 10000 cookers @Rs.2000 : Rs.200 lakhs
Simple Payback : 1.8 years
Qty of LPG saved on 7 years : 40 32 000 kgs in 7 years
2.9 kg Co2 per Kg Lpg: 1.492 kgCo2 per liter of LPG Source: BEE documents
GHG saved in 7 years : 1 16 92 800 kgs of Co2

: 11 692.8 tonnes of Co2

9.3.4
Model Building Byelaws For Construction Of Green Buildings to be introduced by

Gwalior Municipal Corporation
Overview
India has rich traditions and history in holistic strategies for buildings and
construction. Despite this, the sustainable buildings agenda currently receives
limited attention. While there have been local initiatives for promoting sustainable
buildings which include research, pilot or advocacy projects, there is no coordinated
approach to address the wider sustainable buildings agenda. Commercial and
residential sectors continue to be a major market for the construction industry.
These sectors consume a lot of energy throughout the life cycle of buildings thus

becoming a major contributor to greenhouse gas emissions.
Given the spiralling urban growth and the number of buildings, energy consumption
and the resultant carbon emissions is on the rise in the country. The Background
note of UNEP, Sustainable Buildings and Construction Initiative (SBCI) says that as
per the 17th Electrical Power Survey (EPS) of the Central Electricity Authority, the
electricity demand is likely to increase by 39.7% in 2011-12 as compared to 2006-07,
by another 43.7% in 2016-17 as compared to 2011-12 and by yet another 37.5% in
2021-22 as compared to 2016-17. With a near consistent 8% rise in annual energy
consumption in the residential and commercial sectors, building energy consumption
has seen an increase from 14% in the 1970s to nearly 33% in 2004-05. Electricity use
in both residential and commercial sectors is primarily for lighting, air conditioning,
refrigeration, appliances and water heating. The urban sector depends heavily on
commercial fuels for its energy needs. It is estimated that on an average in a typical
commercial building in India, around 60% of the total electricity is consumed for
lighting, 32% for air conditioning, and less than 8% for refrigeration. Whereas in a
typical residential building, around 28% of the total electricity is consumed for
lighting, 45% for air conditioning, 13 % for refrigeration, 4% for televisions and 10%
for other appliances in the urban sector. The average electricity consumption for air
conditioning and lighting in India is around 80 kWh/m2/annum and 160
kWh/m2/annum for residential and commercial buildings respectively. Under a
Business As Usual (BAU) scenario and based on a 10% annual increase in new built-
up areas, the projected annual increase in electricity demand in commercial and
residential buildings would be of the order of 5.4 billion kWh.
Energy consumption in Indian buildings is expected to increase substantially due to

economic growth, construction demand and other aspects of human development.
The demand for energy to run appliances such as TVs, air conditioning and heating
units, refrigerators and mobile phone chargers will increase substantially as living
standards rise. Also the growth in commercial sector and the shift from rural to
urban living will continue to take place. This will result in a substantial increase in
resultant emissions from the buildings sector alone and need concerted efforts to

bring down the energy consumption by buildings through various measures.
The necessity of taking appropriate efforts to bring down carbon emissions from the
building sector is now imperative, as comparatively, the energy savings potential of
the building sector with that of other economic sectors, has the greatest potential
among all sectors, in all countries, and at all cost levels. This holds true, for India as
well, given the high growth rate in construction industry.
The green building movement in India is a step to minimise the negative impact of
construction activity on the environment. It has become extremely important today
to look at buildings per se from the energy consumption point of view. Energy
consumption and its reduction need to be seen as the key to a sustainable future. As
far as green buildings are concerned, regulations alone are not sufficient to promote
green buildings. Awareness and discretion among architects and planners will also
play a pivotal role along with incentivising the whole process. For instance, the
commercial space in India has grown by nine per cent in this decade whereas the
commercial sector energy consumption increased by 13 per cent reflecting the fact
that newer buildings consume more energy. Air circulation in buildings, narrower
building construction, and green roofs, are some of the most viable means of green
buildings.

2. Definitions
2.1 A standard definition of a green building is that it uses less water, optimises
energy efficiency, conserves natural resources, generates less waste and
provides healthier spaces for occupants, as compared to a conventional
building. Green buildings use less energy, and initially cost 5% to 7% more
because users are paying for new systems and research and development
costs, but within five years, they can recover the costs and start saving.
2.2 Baseline energy-performance and associated greenhouse gas emissions

According to a report of UNEP 2007, baseline energy performance of a
building type is defined as the typical energy consumption of a particular
building type in a given geographical area using the prevalent technologies
and construction method and building materials (energy performance
tends to change drastically with change in climatic zone, nature and
function of the building). An attempt needs to be made to develop
baseline energy-performance and associated greenhouse gas emissions
for the major building types in India.

2.3 Zero net emissions in existing and new buildings:

Zero net emissions are accounted for in Zero-energy buildings. Zero energy
buildings are defined as buildings that produce as much energy as they
consume over a full year. ‘Zero energy’ states that the energy produced on-
site through renewable sources (such as wind, sun) is equal to the energy
used by the building when annual accounting is done.
3. Key attributes of Sustainable buildings :

· Consideration of sustainability aspects in all phases of building design
and planning
· Consideration of sustainability aspects during construction and
production of building materials
· Use of healthy and environmentally friendly building materials and products
· Use of efficient systems
· Use of constructions and systems which are easy to maintain and service
· Safeguarding high functionality, flexibility and adaptability
· Safeguarding health and comfort of users, occupiers and visitors
· High aesthetic and urban design quality; high public acceptance
· Appropriate location with good access to public transportation services
and networks
In a nutshell, sustainable buildings use less energy and water, generate less
greenhouse gases, use materials more efficiently, and produce less waste than
the conventional buildings over their entire life cycle.
4. Key initiatives
The country has a number of policy initiatives to mainstream energy efficiency
and green buildings as control and regulatory instruments, including appliance
standards, mandatory labelling and certification, energy efficiency obligations,
and utility DSM(Demand side management) programs; economic and market-
based instruments; fiscal instruments and incentives; support, information and
voluntary action. Some of these are :

4.1 Energy Conservation Building Code 2007

The Energy Conservation Act 2001 provides for the establishment of state
energy conservation agencies to plan and execute programs. The Act led to the
formation of Bureau of Energy Efficiency (BEE) that formulated the Energy
Conservation Building Code (ECBC). It targets building energy efficiency and was
introduced in the year 2007. This is the nation’s first building energy code and
aims to have a major impact on energy-efficiency in buildings. It is a voluntary
code for all buildings with a connected load of 500 kW and most likely to become
mandatory. It covers minimum requirements for building envelope performance
as well as for mechanical systems and equipment, including heating, ventilation
and air conditioning (HVAC) system, interior and exterior lighting system, service
hot water, electrical power and motors in order to achieve energy efficiency in
different climatic zones of India.
4.2 The Ministry of Environment and Forests (MoEF), Environmental Impact

Assessment (EIA) and Clearance is a mandatory requirement for all buildings with
a built up area above 1.50 lakh m2 and such projects have to be apprised by the
MoEF’s Environmental Appraisal Committees (EACs) and the State Environmental
Appraisal Committees (SEACs).
4.3 The Ministry of New and Renewable Energy has initiated several
programs focusing on the utilisation of renewable energy sources in
buildings.
4.4 Sustainable Habitat Mission under the National Action Plan on Climate
Change. The National Action Plan on Climate change was launched by the
Hon’ble Prime Minister, Dr. Manmohan Singh on June 30, 2008. It encompasses
a broad and extensive range of measures, and focuses on eight missions, which
will be pursued as key components of the strategy for sustainable development.
These include missions on solar energy, enhanced energy efficiency, sustainable
habitat, conserving water, sustaining the Himalayan ecosystem, creating a

“Green India,” sustainable agriculture and, finally, establishing a strategic

knowledge platform for climate change. For the Sustainable Habitat Mission, the
strategies proposed aim at promoting efficiency in the residential and
commercial sectors through various measures such as change in building bye
laws, capacity building, research and development in new technologies,
education and awareness, etc., management of municipal solid waste, and
promotion of urban public transport.
4.5 Energy labelling of appliances.

BEE has several programs to set labels and energy efficient standards for
refrigerators, air conditioners, motors and other appliances. Labelled
products have been in the market since 2006. In a move to manage energy
demands, BEE has made star rating for energy efficiency mandatory for a
host of electrical appliances from September 20, 2008.
5. Rating systems
Building rating systems are a popular tool to bring momentum in

achieving energy efficiency and sustainability in buildings. The country
has currently two rating systems namely, LEED and GRIHA.
5.1 Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) :
Leadership in Energy and Environmental Design (LEED) Green Building

Rating System™, developed and managed by the USGreen Building
Council( USGBC), is the most widely used rating system in North America.
Buildings are given ratings of platinum, gold, silver, or “certified”, based
on green building attributes. LEED is evolving rapidly; in the United
States, at least nine types of specific programs exist, including those for
new commercial construction and major renovation projects, existing
building operations and maintenance, commercial interiors, homes,
schools, neighborhoods and retail.

The Indian Green Building Council (IGBC) founded by the collaboration

between the Confederation of Indian Industry (CII) and Godrej, has taken
steps to promote the green building concept in India. Currently, IGBC is
facilitating the LEED rating of the U.S. Green Building Council in India. LEED-
India was launched in 2001 and rates buildings on environmental
performance and energy efficiency during the design, construction and
operation stages.
5.2 Green Rating for Integrated Habitat Assessment (GRIHA): The Ministry of
New and Renewable Energy have adopted a national rating system- GRIHA
which was developed by The Energy and Resources Institute (TERI). It is an
indigenously developed rating system completely tuned to climatic
variations, architectural practices, existing practices of construction and
attempts to revive passive architecture. The GRIHA rating system takes into
account the provisions of the National Building Code 2005, the Energy
Conservation Building Code 2007 announced by BEE and other IS codes. This
was developed specifically aimed at non-air conditioned or partially air
conditioned buildings. GRIHA has been developed to rate commercial,
institutional and residential buildings in India emphasizing national
environmental concerns, regional climatic conditions and indigenous
solutions.
GRIHA stresses passive solar techniques for optimizing visual and thermal
comfort indoors and encourages the use of refrigeration-based and
energy-demanding air conditioning systems only in cases of extreme
thermal discomfort.
There has been an upcoming trend especially in the commercial sector to

look at sustainability aspects and of late, a number of such projects have
gone in for either of the above prevalent building assessment system (rating
system). As an indication, there are some 375 registered green building

projects in India with LEED accounting for 260 million sq. ft. and 28
registered green building projects for GRIHA accounting to 1.3 million sq. ft.
5.3 Conservation of Energy And Buildings and Construction- "One of the best
ways of achieving is to incorporate green initiatives in building bye laws, and
one of these is to make rainwater harvesting and recharge mandatory for
every construction. The other initiative would be to encourage use of solar
energy in buildings for heating of water, which should be pursued strongly by
State Governments. Further, "Architects can employ innovative techniques
for building homes that are cooler without air conditioning while government
can start by replacing all incandescent bulbs in its offices and quarters with
CFL ones
6. Steps to Initiate Sustainable Green Buildings
6.1 Sustainable site planning

6.2 Sustainable site practices
6.3 Building design
6.4 Passive solar design
6.5 Building materials
6.6 Building systems
6.7 Renewable energy systems
6.8 Waste and water management
6.9 Green practices
The idea is to include comprehensive practices on
energy efficiency that incorporate
6.10 lighting design
6.11 Low-cost, low-energy materials
6.12 Waste management and water conservation
6.13 Sustainability in the community

7. Byelaws
The bye-laws for construction of Green Buildings should include:
• setting annual carbon emission targets for all newly constructed buildings
• targets set to achieve a 20% reduction in emissions from dwellings and 23%
from buildings other than dwellings
• new bye-laws to improve compliance by requiring sample air pressure testing
for all buildings, including dwellings
• new requirement for householders to be provided with an energy rating for
new homes that show estimated energy costs for space heating, water
heating, ventilation and lighting together with the calculated annual CO2
emissions that will be emitted from the dwelling
• improved standards that will result in developers needing to make greater
use of energy saving insulation, more efficient heating boilers and consider
using low or zero carbon systems such a solar panels and geothermal
technology to demonstrate compliance
Setting clear performance targets in the building bye-laws for all new buildings
will not only make a significant contribution to reducing CO2 emissions but will
offer householders reduced fuel bills too. This will result in improved building
standards and a more sustainable built environment. A key component of this
Eco-Active initiative should also inform and encourage people on how to make
energy savings.
8. Non negotiable Byelaws Green Building Construction Techniques

8.1. Proper Ventilation
Green Buildings promote adequate ventilation of all habitable rooms
including bath rooms, kitchens with high-efficiency in-duct filtration system
to allow proper drainage of air-conditioning coils to control humidity
including heating and cooling systems which ensure indoor air quality.
Over and above the provisions stipulated in NBC,2005, the minimum
aggregate area of openings , excluding doors inclusive of frames shall
not be less than
a)12.5% of the Floor area for dry hot climate

b) 20% of the Floor area for wet hot climate

c) 15% of the Floor area for intermediate climate
d) 10%of the Floor area for cold climate
8.2 Prevention of indoor microbial contamination

Under this technology, construction and finishing materials are selected with
zero or low emissions to improve indoor air quality. Many building materials
and cleaning / maintenance products emit toxic gases, such as volatile
organic compounds (VOC) and formaldehyde gases which result in a
detrimental impact on occupants’ health and productivity. Such products are
not to be used in building construction and their finishing.
8.3 Utilization of recycled material for minimizing the cost of building

Demolition and reconstruction of old buildings is a continuous phenomenon.
Population and demand for buildings are increasing day by day whereas
resources are depleting in the same proportion. Building construction
activities consume one-sixth of the world’s fresh water withdrawals, one-
fourth of its wood harvest, and two-fifths of its material and energy flow.
About 22 percent waste material (bricks, concrete, wood, steel, metals, steel
pipes, plastic pipes, electric wires, sanitary material etc.) of demolished
buildings can be reused or recycled thus prolonging our supply of natural
resources and minimizing construction cost. In green buildings, about 25 %
recycled material is used.
8.4 Installation of glass panels
Instead of wooden window, glass panels in aluminium framework shall be
installed in green buildings to maximise flow of natural light inside the
building during day time.
8.5 Installation of Rainwater Harvesting System
The green buildings shall be well equipped with rainwater harvesting system
to preserve depleting water resource.
8.6 Maximizing the use of renewable natural resources

In order to maximize the use of renewable natural resources in green

buildings, the energy efficient equipments such as Compact Fluorescent
Lights (CFL) and Solar Water Heating Systems etc. based on non conventional
energy resources shall be installed.
8.7 Minimizing the Use of depleting resources
Since, forest cover is depleting day by day in the world, therefore, use of
fresh wood is minimized in green buildings. Wherever, use of wood is
considered necessary, in such buildings, the wood of fast regenerated trees
shall only be used so that utilization of such material may not effect the
ecological balance of the earth.
8.8 Minimizing energy use in green buildings
The green buildings are fixed with energy sensors to minimize the use of
power within the building. When there is no person within a room, the lights
would automatically go off.
8.9 Water conservation and efficiency measures in green buildings
In green buildings, water is used in the most efficient way. The grey water
from bath rooms shall be recycled to flush toilets.
8.10 Proper disposal of garbage
The garbage of green buildings shall be properly handled, placed and
disposed off as per Building Bye Laws of respective Civic Bodies by
segregating it into biodegradable and non-biodegradable wastes.
8.11 Maintenance of greenery
In green buildings, the open areas shall be well landscaped with maintenance
of maximum greenery for building healthy environment.
• Solar water heating systems for bathing, washing, cleaning etc.
• Solar steam generating systems for community cooking, laundry, sterilization
etc.
• Solar passive architecture for natural cooling and heating
• Solar photovoltaic for electricity generation. Various systems/
technologies useful in building could be solar home systems, solar
generators, solar street/ garden lights, & building integrated

photovoltaics.
8.12 Solar Water Heating Systems
- A device to provide hot water at 60-80c using heat energy from the sun
integrated with storage & back up facilities
- Vast potential in homes, hotels, hospitals, hostels, dairies, industries,
institutions, govt. buildings etc.
- Large scale installations could save enormous amount of electricity besides
having load shavings during peak hours & abating CO2 emission
- 40 million sq. m. estimated as techno-economic potential
8.13 Energy
- A 100 lpd system can replace an electric geyser of 2kW capacity. On an
average, it can save around 1200 units of electricity in homes or around
120 liters of diesel/ furnace oil in a year in industries & commercial
establishments
- Assuming that 50% of the domestic systems are in use at a time, 1 lakh
systems installed in a city can result in 100 MW of peak load saving
- 1 lakh systems can also lead to electricity saving of 120 million

units/yr to the users for a period of 15-20 years
- 40 million sq. m. potential could lead to peak load shaving of 14,000 MW (
70% systems in homes) apart from saving of enormous amount of
electricity & fossil fuels in homes & other establishments besides abating
CO2 emissions in atmosphere
9. Measures to incentivize construction of Green Buildings
1. Government constructed and Government owned/maintained buildings

should mandatorily be Green buildings across the board. This will set an
example to other agencies/ private sector for taking up construction of green
buildings. Certain demonstrative projects should be publicised by State

Governments spelling out the nature and quantum of savings in water,

electricity consumption etc.
2. The private sector needs to be encouraged in promoting construction of
Green Buildings by giving rebate in property tax. Where property tax has
been dispensed with eg Haryana, Rajasthan etc, rebate in stamp duty,
electricity tariff , and water tariff may be considered.
3. Certified Green Buildings maybe allowed additional rebate.
4. Certified Green Buildings covering various occupancies may also be allowed
in incentive FAR.
Measures already in place and recommended for Gwalior Municipal corporation to

initiate.
1. Support Measures
• Amendment in building bye-laws for mandatory use of solar water heaters in
certain category of buildings
• Rebate in electricity tariff /property tax on use of solar water heating
systems
• Incorporation of solar water heating systems in new building & housing
complexes by builders & developers
• Rebate in income tax being persued with MoF
2. Measures taken by States/MC’s as reported by MNRE

• GOs for amendment of building bye-laws issued (18)
- Andhra Pradesh, Madhya Pradesh, Punjab, Himachal Pradesh Maharashtra,
Tamilnadu, Rajasthan, Haryana, Uttar Pradesh, Uttranchal, Chandigarh,
Chattisgarh, Nagaland, Delhi, W.B, Karnataka, Mizoram , Dadar & Nagar Haveli
• Bye-laws amended (22)- Karnataka (1), Gujarat (1), W.B.(1), Maharashtra (9),
Andhra Pradesh (2), UP (7), Chatisgarh(1),
• Rebate in electricity tariff (6)
- Rajsthan (15 paise/unit) , Karnataka ( 50 paise/uint) , West Bengal (40
paise to Max. of Rs. 80/-), Assam ( Rs. 40/-), Haryana ( Rs 100/ 100 lpd up
to 300 lpd) & Uttranchal ( Rs. 75/sq. m. )

• Rebate in property tax (4)

- Thane, Amravati, Nagpur & Durgapur providing 6- 10% rebate
3. Initiatives by Delhi Government as reported by MNRE

• Use of systems in certain categories of buildings made mandatory. Rigorous
monitoring & publicity by Delhi Govt. Penalty clause introduced
• Scheme for promotion of domestic systems launched
• Rs. 6,000 rebate on each system provided to users. Award scheme
announced for other systems
• Group Housing Societies/ RWAs / Builders being persuaded to
install systems in multi-storied flats. Design guidelines prepared by
MNRE
• Provisions of installing solar water heaters included in Master Plan 2021
• Banks/ Suppliers/ Utilities being tied up for facilitating installation of systems
at users places. Implementation in ESCO mode being explored
4. Actions proposed
• Architects & Engineers to involve themselves in practicing energy
efficient building designs & convince people for adopting the same.
They should even understand the concept of Green buildings &
promote among people
• Builders & Developers to start constructing buildings & housing
complexes integrated with solar water heating systems & passive
architectural designs
• Municipal Corporations/ Municipalities to adopt & notify modifications
in building bye laws. Plans for certain categories of buildings to be
approved only if solar water heater & passive features are incorporated
• Banks/ FIs to join the MNRE soft loan scheme through IREDA.
Housing loans to include the cost of solar water heaters. Provisions
to be made mandatory/ attractive schemes to be developed
• Manufacturers to have tie ups with builders/ Architects & Financial
Institutions

• Architects/ SNAs/ Manufacturers to publicize the concept of solar

buildings & generate proposals for support from MNRE
• State Govts. to issue GOs on mandatory use of passive concepts in
Govt./ public sector buildings & enforce implementation
5. Promotional Measures to promote Solar Passive Architecture
• Support for DPR up to Rs. 2 lakhs & for construction of Govt /Public buildings to
a Max. of Rs. 50 lakhs.
• GOs by State Govts. on mandatory use of passive concepts in Govt./ public
sector buildings. H. P. , Haryana, Punjab, Rajasthan & Nagaland issued such
orders.
• Solar Passive design concepts incorporated in Energy Conservation Building
Code by BEE & National Building Codes by BIS.
• A National Rating System for Green Buildings developed in association with
TERI. It will be suitable for all kinds of buildings in different zones of the
country. Proposed to be incentivized & in operation during 2008-09.
6. Solar Buildings-National Rating System

• Indigenous system suitable for all kinds of AC/ non-AC & intermittent cooling
buildings
• Developed through interactions with all stakeholders including relevant
Ministries & Departments. Takes into account NBC 2005 & ECBC 2007
• System will help new buildings in assessing their predicted performance over
its entire life cycle.
• Will operate on 100 point marking basis. 43 points pertain to energy & waste
management. Proposed to be incentivized by MNRE
A National Advisory Council constituted for advice and direction to the

Rating System. A Technical Advisory Committee also formed for
modification & up-gradation of the system, if any.

7. Solar Cities by MNRE

Objective : To promote the use of renewable energy & energy conservation
devices/systems in cities & towns by providing support to Municipal
Corporations for preparation and implementation of a Road Map to develop
their cities as Solar Cities
Targets : 60 cities with at least one in each State to a maximum of 5 in a
State. Each city to reduce their existing energy consumption by 10% in 5
years
Support : Up to Rs. 50 Lakhs per city/ town for preparing Master Plan, oversight
of its implementation, setting up of a Solar city cell & organizing promotional
activities.
8. Criteria for selection

• P
olitical and administrative commitment towards adoption of sustainable
energies ( Resolution to be passed by the City Council/Administration )
• Regulatory measures taken on adoption of energy conservation and
renewable energy
• Potential for adoption of energy conservation & RE
• Initiatives already taken by City Council/Administration in promoting energy
conservation and renewable energy
• Urban Local Bodies’ previous experience in involving public participation and
working with all stakeholder
• Willingness to provide resources and sustenance of activities under the
program.
9. 11th Plan Proposals for urban areas

• Solar water heating systems ( 5 million sq. m.)
• Solar steam/air heating systems ( 0.25 million sq.m.)

• Energy efficient solar buildings ( 5 million sq. m. covered area in 1000

buildings )
• Solar photovoltaic devices/systems for urban areas (100 MW capacity
systems)
• Solar Cities ( 60 No.)

9.4 Energy Efficiency
9.4.1
Background and Project Justification

Energy demand is increasing due to accelerated industrialisation, urbanisation and
an emerging consumer society. The fossil energy supply use is expected to be three
times the current consumption. Keeping the above factors in mind, the Government
of India enacted the Energy Conservation Act in 2001 and created the Bureau of
Energy Efficiency to spearhead the improvement of energy efficiency in the economy
through regulatory and promotional instruments.
Energy Efficient technology: Lighting accounts for almost 20 percent of the total
electricity demand in the country and it is due to ICLs which are highly energy
consuming. Only about 5 percent is converted into light and rest is used as heat
where as CFL uses only 1/5th of electricity and provides the same level of
illumination. To overcome the challenge of over heating, CFLs are recommended by
BEE to conserve Energy.

1. Decreases peak load: Lighting is one of the major contributors to peak load. If
400 million light points are replaced with CFLs; it would lead to a reduction of
over 10,000 MW in electricity demand. It would not only reduce emissions
but also result in the reduction of peak load in the country which currently
faces a shortage of up to 15 percent.
2. Reduce Green House Gas emissions: Incandescent Lamps are harmful to the
environment because they use so much energy to function. Most of the
energy is emitted as heat and not as light. It leaves a larger carbon foot print.
With BLY, the harmful effect on the environment will be reduced to a great
extent.
3. Win-win situation for all stakeholders: This lamp savings programme reduces
government and household expenditure. With reduction in energy
consumption in every household, the country can conserve its limited power
supply and on a household level, electricity bills are within control
Stake holders
CER issuance.
Distributing companies (DISCOM) has the responsibility to prepare the database of
households (include names of users, their address and average electricity
consumption) to install CFLs. They distribute CFL lamps in exchange of incandescent
lamps and estimate technical distribution losses in the electricity grid. They also
inspect replaced ICLs. CFL Suppliers’/Investors role is to collect fused CFLs through
buy-back schemes and make sure they are disposed off in a safe manner. They
provide CFL at the price comparable to GLS4 lamps. They prepare the CDM
programme activity design documents (CPA-DDs) for CDM project and submit them
to BEE. They operate and manage project on day to day basis. There is a tripartite
agreement between BEE, DISCOM and CFL supplier. The manufacturers and
investors of the scheme are: Bajaj Electricals Limited, Plaza Power and Infrastructure
Company, Delta Electronics, Balaji Greentech Limited, Finite Energy Limited, B&G
Power Limited, Nuvo Fertilizers & Resources private limited etc

The Ministry of Power is the nodal agency, promoting a company called Energy
Efficiency Services Limited (EESL) for implementation of energy efficiency in India.
The Company has promoted energy efficiency projects like Bachat Lamp Yojana,
Agricultural Demand Side Management and Municipal Demand Side Management. It
has also acted as a Resource Center for capacity building of State Development
Agencies, Utilities, financial institutions, etc.
BLY was registered with UNFCCC in April 2010 under which it has been implemented
In 14 states. It has empanelled a list of CFL suppliers, including CFL manufacturers,
based on their respective capacities and understanding of their CDM approach. It is
based on the Clean Development Mechanism (CDM), an arrangement under the
Kyotol Protocol allowing industrialised countries with a greenhouse gas reduction
commitment to invest in projects that reduce emissions in developing countries as
an alternative to more expensive emission reductions in their own countries. The
most important factor of a carbon project is that it establishes that it would not have
occurred without the additional incentive provided by emission reductions credits.
The CDM allows net global greenhouse gas emissions to be reduced at a much lower
global cost by financing emissions reduction projects in developing countries where
costs are lower than in industrialized countries.
The CDM is supervised by the CDM Executive Board (CDM EB) and is under the
guidance of the Conference of the Parties (COP/MOP) of the United Nations
Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC).
Objective
1. Replace inefficient incandescent bulbs with CFLs for households only.
2. To provide an inclusive and sustainable development strategy that is sensitive
to climate change.
3. Reduce price of CFL from Rs 100 to Rs 15 per piece.
4. Use Clean Development Mechanism to recover balance cost.
5. Generate Certified Emission Reduction (CER) after monitoring, validation and
oversight of CDM Executive Board sold in executive markets.

6. Revenue from sale of CERs to service investments; estimated revenue/CFL of

Rs 25 per year-cost recovered in 2-3 years.
It is proposed to install 10000 CFLs under the BLY scheme in Gwalior in association
with MPMVNL, MPUVN , GMC and the Ministry of Power.
Electricity Total
Energy MWh MWh
Energy - base case 1,168 1,168
Energy - proposed case 409 409
Energy saved 759 759
Energy saved - % 65.0% 65.0%
Energy Saved upto 2013 : 1518 Mwhr
Emission Analysis
GHG
emission GHG
Base case electricity factor T&D emission
system (Baseline) (excl. T&D) losses factor
Country - region Fuel type tCO2/MWh % tCO2/MWh
India All types 0.933 8.0% 1.014
GHG emission
Base case tCO2 1,184.3
Proposed case tCO2 414.5
Gross annual GHG emission
reduction tCO2 769.8
GHG credits transaction fee % 10.0%
Net annual GHG emission
GHG reduction income

GHG reduction credit rate INR/tCO2 500.00
GHG reduction credit
duration Yr 10
escalation rate % 5.0%
Cost to be incurred by consumer@15 Rs per lamp: Rs.1 50 000.00

9.4.2
General Description
T-5 Inline Electronic ballast is an innovative Electronic Ballast for Fluorescent Tube
Lamps (FTL). It is invented to retrofit standard FTL systems that are operated with
Conventional Electromagnetic Ballast (c-Ballast), into energy saving Electronic
Operation in a simple, fast and cost effective manner.
The Plug & Save concept of the Inline ballast allows such retrofitting process to be
carried out by end users without employing highly qualified expensive electricians. It
only takes a minute.
As such, without the complications of wiring, no installation or recurrent

maintenance costs are incurred. The T-5 inline Ballast with the T5 tube is probably
the most commercially viable e-Ballast in the market.
INLINE T5 SERIES
Fits T5 FTL into common T8/T12
fixtures, and provide High Frequency
Energy Saving operation.

It is proposed to replace 10000 nos T-12 FTL with the T-5 Inline Ballast in Hotels ,
Hospitals, Office Buildings, Educational institutions, hostels ,etc by the year 2013
Footprint Savings
Emission Analysis
GHG
emission GHG
Base case electricity system factor T&D emission
(Baseline) (excl. T&D) losses factor
GHG emission
Proposed case tCO2 6,108.5
reduction tCO2 1,618.7
is
Net annual GHG emission equivalent
reduction tCO2 1,456.9 to 267

GHG reduction credit duration Yr 10
GHG reduction credit escalation
rate % 5.0%
Cost Savings
Incremental
Incremental Fuel cost O&M Simple
Electricity initial costs savings savings payback
Fuel saved MWh INR INR INR Yr
Replacement of T-12 with T-
5 inline Electronic ballast 1,597 93,50,000 1,05,36,966 10,00,000 0.8
Resource Savings
Replacing with the T-5 inline ballast will save 15 97 000 kWh or 'units of electricity
per year.
Base case Proposed case Fuel cost savings

Fuel Fuel
consum consumpt
ption ion Fuel saved Fuel cost
Mwhr Fuel cost Mwhr Fuel cost Mwhr savings
INR INR
INR 3,97,62,9 1,05,36,96
7,621.2 5,02,99,920 6,024.7 54 1,596.5 6
Cumulative cash flows graph
Year
Financial Analysis
Financial parameters
Inflation rate % 2.0%
Project life yr 15
Debt ratio % 70%
Debt interest rate % 12.00%
Debt term yr 5
Initial costs
Energy efficiency measures INR 93,50,000
Other INR 10,00,000
Total initial costs INR 1,03,50,000
Incentives and grants INR
Annual costs and debt payments

O&M (savings) costs INR -10,00,000

Fuel cost - proposed case INR 3,97,62,954

Debt payments - 5 yrs INR 20,09,834
Other INR
Total annual costs INR 4,07,72,788
Annual savings and income

Fuel cost - base case INR 5,02,99,920
GHG reduction income - 10 yrs INR 7,28,425
Other INR
Total annual savings and income INR 5,10,28,345
Financial viability
Pre-tax IRR - equity % 341.5%
Pre-tax IRR - assets % 104.8%
Simple payback yr 0.8
Equity payback yr 0.3

9.4.3
General Description
An average non-energy star rated 1.5 Ton Window AC consumes in the vicinity of
2100 Watts on average (calculated across on-off cycles). By comparison, a modern 5-
Star rated split unit AC of the same cooling capacity consumes on average 1700
Watts - an energy savings of approximately 20%. Always shade your AC from direct
sun. It reduces the efficiency by 5%.
It is proposed to replace 2000 air conditioners with 5 star rated Air conditioners in
residences and small offices etc
Footprint Savings
Emission Analysis
GHG
emission GHG
Country – region Fuel type tCO2/MWh % tCO2/MWh

GHG emission

GHG reduction credit duration yr 10
Cost Savings
Note: savings are approximately doubled in cities with higher electricity rates such as
Mumbai.
Note: Window AC’s are not as energy efficient as Split Units and therefore do not
achieve better than 3-star Energy Ratings.
Incremental
Facility Characteristics Electricity initial costs savings savings payback
Replacement with 5
Star rated AC 3,154 5,00,00,000 2,08,13,760 10,00,000 2.3
Resource Savings
Electricity Total
Energy MWh MWh
Energy - base
case 24,178 24,178
Energy -
proposed case 21,024 21,024
Energy saved 3,154 3,154
Energy saved - % 13.0% 13.0%

9.4.4
General Description
Evaporative coolers are useful in low-humidity areas or regions. The outdoor air will
pass over water saturated pads and cause the water to evaporate into it. The 15 to
45 degree F (depends upon humidity) cooler air is then directed into the space to be
cooled and pushes warmer air out through windows that are opened. Evaporative
coolers cost about one-half as much to install as air conditioners and use about one-
quarter as much energy. The windows can be opened in this type of air cooling
system so it keeps fresh air always inside the space to be cooled. The evaporative air
cooler can be installed in two ways: Central-location installation for small spaces and
ducted system for larger spaces. This cooling system can be installed for domestic,
commercial and industrial spaces.
Footprint Savings
Replacing a Two ton Split AC which is a 2 star rated with an Evaporative Air Cooler
equivalent can reduce carbon footprint by 6 tonnes CO2e for 273.75 days
(Approximately 9 months).
Cost Savings
Replacing an Two ton Split AC which is a 2 star rated with an Evaporative Air Cooler
equivalent can save you at least Rs. 16170.08 for 273.75 days per year

(Approximately 9 months) on your electricity bill (based on all-India average

electricity rates) and savings are approximately doubled in cities with higher
electricity rates such as Mumbai.
Resource Savings
Replacing an Two ton Split AC which is a 2 star rated with an Evaporative Air Cooler
equivalent can save 3850.02 kWh or 'units of electricity for 273.75 days per year
(Approximately 9 months).
Proposed Implementation: 2000 ACs to be replaced with ductable evaporative

coolers with investment is Rs.10 00 00 000 @ Rs.50 000 per unit
For ACs to be replaced with

Per year/AC Upto year 2013
ductable evaporative coolers
Electricity 3859 kwh 1 54 36 000 kwh
GHG 3.8 t CO2e 15 200 tCO2e
Money savings@5.5 Rs/kwh 21 224 Rs. 8 48 96 000 Rs.
Simple Payback: 2.4 years
The investment to be made is Rs.50000 /unit.
The savings per Unit/year is Rs.21224.
Hence the Simple pay back = 50000/21224
= 2.4 years

9.4.5
General Description
An average 10 to 15 year old 2-door, 300 Liter, Frost-Free Refrigerator consumes in
the vicinity of 120 Watts on average (calculated across on-off cycles). By comparison,
a modern 5-Star rated refrigerator with identical characteristics consumes on
average 50 Watts - an energy savings of approximately 60%.
Footprint Savings
Replacing a 10-15 year old refrigerator with a 5-star rated equivalent can reduce
carbon footprint by 0.57 tonnes CO2e annually
Cost Savings

It would save you at least Rs. 2600 per year on your electric bill (based on all-India
average electricity rates).
Mumbai.
Resource Savings
Replacing a 10-15 year old refrigerator with a 5-star rated equivalent can save 613
kWh or "units of electricity per year
Proposed Implementation: 10 000 refrigerators among 50 000 households to be

replaced with energy efficient refrigerators @ 20000 per unit with a total investment
of Rs.10 00 00 000
For one refreigerator Per year/home-office Upto year 2013
Money savings@5.5 3371.5 Rs. 6 74 30 000 Rs.

Rs/kwh
Simple Payback:3 years

9.4.6
A net zero-energy building (ZEB) is a residential or commercial building with greatly

reduced energy needs through efficiency gains such that the balance of energy
needs can be supplied with renewable technologies.
Buildings have a significant impact on energy use and the environment. Commercial
and residential buildings use almost 40% of the primary energy and approximately
70% of the electricity in the United States (EIA 2005). The energy used by the
building sector continues to increase, primarily because new buildings are
constructed faster than old ones are retired. Electricity consumption in the
commercial building sector doubled between 1980 and 2000, and is expected to
increase another 50% by 2025 (EIA 2005). Energy consumption in the commercial
building sector will continue to increase until buildings can be designed to produce
enough energy to offset the growing energy demand of these buildings. Toward this
end, the U.S. Department of Energy (DOE) has established an aggressive goal to
create the technology and knowledge base for cost-effective zero-energy
commercial buildings (ZEBs) by 2025.

In concept, a net ZEB is a building with greatly reduced energy needs through
efficiency gains such that the balance of the energy needs can be supplied by
renewable technologies.
A ZEB typically uses traditional energy sources such as the electric and natural gas
utilities when on-site generation does not meet the loads. When the on-site
generation is greater than the building’s loads, excess electricity is exported to the
utility grid. By using the grid to account for the energy balance, excess production
can offset later energy use. Achieving a ZEB without the grid would be very difficult,
as the current generation of storage technologies is limited. Despite the electric
energy independence of off-grid buildings, they usually rely on outside energy
sources such as propane (and other fuels) for cooking, space heating, water heating,
and backup generators. Off-grid buildings cannot feed their excess energy
production back onto the grid to offset other energy uses. As a result, the energy
production from renewable resources must be oversized. In many cases (especially
during the summer), excess generated energy cannot be used.
We assume that excess on-site generation can always be sent to the grid. However,
in high market penetration scenarios, the grid may not always need the excess
energy. In this scenario, on-site energy storage would become necessary.
Prioritize Supply-Side Technologies to Those Available On Site and within the

Footprint
Various supply-side renewable energy technologies are available for ZEBs. Typical
examples of technologies available today include PV, solar hot water, wind,
hydroelectric, and biofuels. All these renewable sources are favorable over
conventional energy sources such as coal and natural gas; however, we have
developed a ranking of renewable energy sources in the ZEB context. Table 1 shows
this ranking in order of preferred application. The principles we have applied to
develop this ranking are based on technologies that:
• Minimize overall environmental impact by encouraging energy-efficient building

designs and reducing transportation and conversion losses.

• Will be available over the lifetime of the building.

• Are widely available and have high replication potential for future ZEBs.
This hierarchy is weighted toward renewable technologies that are available within
the building footprint and at the site. Rooftop PV and solar water heating are the
most applicable supply-side technologies for widespread application of ZEBs. Other
supply-side technologies such as parking lot-based wind or PV systems may be
available for limited applications. Renewable energy resources from outside the
boundary of the building site could arguably also be used to achieve a ZEB. This
approach may achieve a building with net zero energy consumption, but it is not the
same as one that generates the energy on site and should be classified as such. We
will use the term “off-site ZEB” for buildings that use renewable energy from sources
outside the boundaries of the building site.
Table 31 : ZEB Renewable Energy Supply Option Hierarchy

Option Number ZEB Supply-Side Options Examples
Daylighting, high-efficiency
Reduce site energy use
HVAC equipment, natural
0 through low-energy
ventilation, evaporative
building technologies
cooling, etc.
On-Site Supply Options
Use renewable energy PV, solar hot water, and
1 sources available within wind located on the
the building’s footprint building.
PV, solar hot water, low-
Use renewable energy
impact hydro, and wind
2 sources available at the
located on-site, but not on
site
the building.
Off-Site Supply Options
Biomass, wood pellets,
ethanol, or biodiesel that
Use renewable energy can be imported from off
3 sources available off site to site, or waste streams from
generate energy on site on-site processes that can
be used on-site to generate
electricity and heat.
Utility-based wind, PV,
emissions credits, or other
Purchase off-site
4 “green” purchasing
renewable energy sources
options. Hydroelectric is
sometimes considered.

Proposal for implementing a 10 000 Sq feet ZEB office building for Gwalior Municipal
Corporation
Area (Sq. Feet) Base Case Proposed Case
Cost ( Rs.) 10 000 3 00 00 000 10 00 00 000
-estimated
A good ZEB definition should first encourage energy efficiency, and then use
renewable energy sources available on site. A building that buys all its energy from a
wind farm or other central location has little incentive to reduce building loads,
which is why we refer to this as an off-site ZEB. Efficiency measures or energy
conversion devices such as daylighting or combined heat and power devices cannot
be considered on-site production in the ZEB context. Fuel cells and microturbines do
not generate energy; rather they typically transform purchased fossil fuels into heat
and electricity. Passive solar heating and daylighting are demand-side technologies
and are considered efficiency measures. Energy efficiency is usually available for the
life of the building; however, efficiency measures must have good persistence and
should be “checked” to make sure they continue to save energy. It is almost always
easier to save energy than to produce energy.

9.4.7
It is proposed to establish an energy centre to promote energy efficiency and

renewable energy activities in Gwalior with the following mandate.
• The Energy Efficiency & Renewal Energy Management Centre of GMC seeks
to create partnerships between industry, consumers, manufactures and
institutions to give a new direction to this movement.
• It will create awareness about Energy Efficiency & Renewable Energy
Resources and how they can be harnessed in various applications in the
home, business, industry, trade and buildings.
• It will do so by organising trainings of all groups of people who would become
torch bearers for Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy.
• It will advise on regulatory measures.
• It will create a panel of experts who will work with various sectors to help in
promoting this as a business model and creation of value for the customers.
• It will change student ideas in this area by organising Awareness Camps,
Debates, Essay Competitions, Exhibitions & Experiments to carry the
message through the youths of Gwalior.
• Set up an Energy Conservation Fund and collaborate with financing
institutions to find Energy Conservation Activities including Research Projects
having demonstration capability with reputed institutions in Gwalior.
• Work with architects and planners for promotion Green Building Concepts in
Gwalior to conserve Energy, Water, Air Quality, and promote Gwalior Solar
City Campaign of GMC.
• Promote projects which further energy conservation and renewable energy
technologically and financially.

• Arrange for demonstration of energy efficiency and renewable energy

products and technologies.
• Act as a service centre for the above products.
Table 32 : Project Financials
Sl.No Budget Head Amount (Rs. In lakhs)

1 Land and Building( to be provided by 0
GMC)
2 Interiors 15
3 Display equipment 25
4 Service centre set up (Tools and 10
Tackles)
5 Out reach Activities( 1st year) 20
6 Publicity and Awareness 25
7 Salary and Admin Expenses( 1st Year) 40
Total 135
9.5 Publicity and awareness
In every country, there are opportunities for more efficient energy management.
Improving efficiency at all levels of government can result in lower energy costs,
reduced demand on capacity-constrained electric utility systems, increased energy
system reliability, and reduced emissions of greenhouse gases and local air
pollutants.
In addition, the government sector’s buying power and visible leadership

offer a powerful, non-regulatory means to stimulate market demand for energy-
efficient products and services.
Increased buyer demand can trigger a positive response from domestic

suppliers, encouraging them to know more about energy efficiency.

Despite these benefits of government sector leadership in energy efficieny,

many countries—particularly developing and transition economies—have only
recently begun to focus on energy efficiency policies in this sector.
Institutional barriers that historically have constrained public on energy-

efficiency efforts include a lack of awareness and technical expertise, bias toward
buying lowest-first-cost products .The barrier can be outcome by creation of
publicity and awareness. These can be done by organizing work shops, exhibitions
,rallies and contest. These all can be done in joint ventures and sponsors from
interested private firms.
The workshops training can be conducted in industries, government offices

etc to give effectiveness on energy awareness. Exhibitions can be conducted to
public and live demo on energy efficient things can be shown to them.
Similarly mass rallies can also be conducted to public to teach the usefulness
in energy management.
As our Ex Prime Minister Jawaharlal Nehru said “Children are our builders for
our nation”. Creating awareness in school level is made by ‘contests- debate,
painting,etc and these are conducted at school level for motivating them in their
young age itself so they can build up our nation with bright future.
Table 33: Expenditure for publicity and awareness creation

Budgeted
No Details No of events Amount/event Total (Rs. in lakhs)
(Rs. in lakhs)
1 Workshops 4 5 20
2 Exhibitions 2 10 20
3 Rallies 4 2 8
4 Contest 5 2 10
Total 58.00


An area consisting of non-housing units such as non-manufacturing business

establishments (e.g., wholesale and retail businesses), health and educational
institutions, and semi government and private offices.
Commercial sector as defined economically, consists of business
establishments that are not engaged in transportation or in manufacturing or
other types of industrial activity (agriculture, mining, or construction).
Commercial establishments include hotels, motels, restaurants, wholesale
businesses, retail stores, laundries, and other service enterprises; religious
and nonprofit organizations; health, social, and educational institutions.
Street lights, pumps, bridges, and public services are also included if the
establishment operating them is considered commercial.
Buildings typically cover residential and commercial buildings; where
commercial buildings are typically all buildings that are not residential,
industrial, or agricultural. Sometimes this broader grouping of commercial
buildings is separated further into institutional and commercial.
A commercial building is a building that is used for commercial use. Types can
include office, warehouses, or retail (i.e. convenience stores, stores, shopping mall,
etc.). In urban locations, a commercial building often combines functions, such as
an office on levels 2-10, with retail on floor 1. Local authorities commonly maintain
strict regulations on commercial zoning, and have the authority to designate any
zoned area as such. A business must be located in a commercial area or area zoned
at least partially for commerce.
Commercial buildings utilize nearly seven percent of the total electricity

consumption in India. Electricity used in commercial buildings is primarily generated
by fossil fuels contributing to greenhouse gas emissions in the country.

It is estimated that buildings can reduce energy consumption to 140 units from 200
kilowatt hour per square metre (kWh/sq.m.) of floor area per year, effectively
reducing 30-40 percent energy consumption. This can be achieved by incorporating
appropriate design interventions in the lighting, heating, ventilation and air-
conditioning systems. The major area of energy use in the commercial and
institutional building are-
• HVAC
• Lighting
• Water heating
• Other electrical appliances

10.2 Summary of Recommendations- Commercial and Institutional Sector

Energy Energy
Investment Annual
Generated Generated/
No Project Details (Rs. In GHG t
in lakh Saved upto
Lakhs) Co2
kWh PA 2013
0
SECTOR
IMPLEMENTATION OF SOLAR
5 93.6 4.849 497.1 9.698
WATER HEATERS IN HOTELS
IMPLEMENTATION OF SOLAR
6 106 4.58 469.9 9.16
WATER HEATERS IN HOSPITALS
250 KWP SOLAR PV AND 30,000 LPD
SOLAR WATER HEATER AT BORDER
7 717 5.91 496.5 11.82
SECURITY FORCE(BSF) ACADEMY
GWALIOR
Commercial Sector Sub Total 916.6 15.339 1463.5 30.678

Savings(Ton Savings
Investme Savings(
Savings(lakh nes of kwh
No Project details nt (Rs. Rs lakhs
kWh p.a.) carbon/year upto
lakhs) p.a.)
) 2013
COMMERCIAL &
INSTITUTIONAL SECTOR
IMPLEMENTATION OF T-5
8 INLINE BALLAST IN 93.5 105 15.96 1456.9
IMPLEMENTATION OF CFLs
9 IN PLACE OF ICLS IN 10 25.05 3.8 346.4
COMMERCIAL BUIDINGS 7.6
IMPLEMENTATION OF 5-
STAR RATED AIR
10 500 208.13 3.154 2877.7
CONDITIONERS IN
SOLAR HEAT-REFLECTING
11 480 139 21.12 3263
CLEAR WINDOW FILMS 42.24
12 LED BULBS 900 636.24 96.4 9000 192.8
UPVC WINDOWS
13 750 288.35 43.69 4.3
Commercial Sector Sub
2733.5 1401.77 184.124 16948.3 368.248
Total

10.3 Renewable Energy Potential in Commercial and Institutional Buildings

This section covers two important types of commercial and institutional buildings.
These are:
• Hotels
• Hospitals
10.3.1
A. Existing Stock of Hotel/Guesthouse Rooms in Gwalior

A comprehensive list of Hotels and the rooms is not available in any official Records.
A preliminary survey and details obtained from MP tourism Department – regional
office Gwalior has helped to prepare a list of top hotels in Gwalior.
Table 34: Overview of Hotels/Guesthouses Rooms in Gwalior

Electr
Sanctio
Sl. No. OF No of icity
Name Address nd
No. Rooms beds bill in
load
Lakhs
Nadi GATE,
Jayendraganj,
1
Lashkar Ho, Gwalior -
Usha Kiran Palace 474001 25 50 25 70-80
2/A, City Centre,
Madhav Rao Scindia
2
Marg, Gwalior Ho
Central Park Hotel Gwalior 40 80 30-40 1.5-2
Hotel Gwalior Bus Stand, Link Road,
3
Regency Gwalior Ho Gwalior 40 80 35 1
6a, Gandhi RD,
4
Tansen Residency Gwalior Ho Gwalior 30 60 2-2.5
47, Manik Vilas
Colony, Infront Of
5
Hanuman Mandir,
Hotel Landmark Station Chouraha 40 80 1.5-2
Opp Akashvani
6 Bhawan, Gandhi
Sita Manor Hotel Road 43 86 20 1.5
Naya Bazar, Lashkar 0.40-
7
Surbhi Hotel Ho, Gwalior 22 44 0.45
Sanjay Complex,
8 Jayendraganj, 0.300.
City Palace Hotel Lashkar City, Gwalior 26 52 25 -50
40, Manik Vilas,
9
Grace Hotel Gwalior Ho Gwalior, 18 36 15 0.2
Railway Station
10
Safari Hotel Market, Station Road 20 40
Zinsi Road No 1,
11
Ambassador Hotel Lashkar Ho, Gwalior 30 60 25 2.5
New Bus Stand &
12 Railway Station,
D M Hotel Gwalior Ho Gwalior 16 32 20 20-30
Opposite Post Office,
13 Mlb Road, Shinde KI 0.75-
Hotel Habitat Inn Chhawani, 40 80 30 1.5
Hotel Shiv Shakti NAI Sadak, Lashkar
14
Palace City, Gwalior 14 28 0.25
Gwalior Ho Gwalior,
15
Maan Mandir Hotel Gwalior 20 40

Kampoo Road, Roxy

16 Road, Lashkar Ho,
Maharaja Hotel Gwalior 18 36 0.7
Behind Railway
Platform No 4,
17
Tansen Road, Gwalior
Mahima Hotel Ho Gwalior 15 30
18 TOTAL 457 914
b. Development of Hot Water Requirement Norms

The Green Tech-MNRE report on SWH potential in India has led to the development
of following norms of hot water consumption
Classification for the purpose of calculation of consumption norms

• Low-End= 1 Star and 2 Star
• Mid-End= 3 Star
• High-End = 4 Star + 4 Star Apartment + 5 Star + 5 Star Apartment + 5 Star
Deluxe+ Heritage+ Heritage Grand
The hot water purpose and position with reference to hotel standard is explained in
the below table. The above mentioned study has led to the development of
following norms of hot water consumption (table 6.5).
Table 35 : Hotel areas for hot water consumption and industry practice
Heritage 5 Star 4 3 2 1 Approved Other
And Star Star Star Star
Deluxe
Guest room
• Tub-bath √ √ √ √ × × ▀ ▀
• Shower √ √ √ √ √ √ √ √
• Bucket bath alone × × × × × × × √
Kitchen √ √ √ √ √ √ ▀ ▀
Locker-room ▀ √ √ ▀ × × ▀ ▀

showers
Swimming pool × × × × × × × ×
Common restroom ×. √ √ × √ × × ×
Janitorial Work × ▀ × × × × × ×
Laundry √ √ √ √ √ √ ▀ ▀
Gym/Spa ▀ √ √ ▀ √ √ ▀ ▀

Table 36 : Hot water consumption norm for hotels/guesthouses (lpd/room)
Hotel Category Govt of India Approved Low - end Other SWH

/ Classified relevant hotels/
guest house
High and Mid-end
Business Tourist
Destination
Purpose
Guestroom 50 75 30 25
Laundry 50 50 X X
Kitchen 40 20 20 5
Locker showers 5 10 X X
Common rest 5 10 X X
room/gym/spa
Total 150 165 50 30
Table :
High-end : 150 lpd/room
Mid-end : 125 lpd/room
Low-end : 50 lpd/room
Other : 30 lpd/room
Source: Green Tech-MNRE report
C. Projection of Hotel Rooms

A study of the actual growth over a period in the number of establishments/rooms
covered under GOI approval/classification is partial; it highlights a CAGR of 3.68%.
The record, on the demand side, in terms of growth in domestic tourist visits and
foreign tourist visits over 1996-2007 is also available; the respective CAGR is 11.6%

and 9.55. Based on our consultation with the hotel industry owners and historic
demand growth record, the report has adopted the following CAGR in respect of
rooms across hotel standards/regions.
2008 to 2013 : 10% pa
2014 to 2017 : 7.5% pa
2018 to 2022 : 5% pa
Thus the above growth figures are taken to estimate the growth of hotel rooms in
Gwalior city. The preliminary survey acts as a basis for the 2008 scenario.
A C Neilson estimate, under a study carried out for Government of India in 2006, for
alternative scenarios, of average hotel room requirement for 2015 is 1.384 million
rooms. However, the hotel room providers factor in occupancy (60% to 65%) and
thus plan a supply @ 1.5 times the average requirement. In other words, A C Neilson
study leads to the need for 2 million rooms in 2015.
Table 37 : Hotel Room Projection in Madhya Pradesh

Region 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Madhya 18742 20617 22678 24946 27441 30185 32449 34882 37499 39373 41342
Pradesh
Table 38 :Projection of Hotel rooms in Gwalior with associated Hot water

requirements
2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Hotel rooms 457 503 553 608 669 736 791 851 914 983 1057
Hot water 22850 25135 27649 30413 33455 36800 39560 42527 45717 49145 52831
requirements-LPD

Techno Economic analysis
Proposed
Unit Base case case
Load type Hotel/Motel

Number of units Unit 736
Occupancy rate % 66%
Daily hot water use - estimated L/d 36,821
Daily hot water use L/d 36,800 36,800
Temperature °C 70 65
Operating days per week d 7 7
Financial Analysis
Project life yr 20
Debt ratio % 85%
Debt term yr 5
Initial costs
Heating system INR 73,60,000
Other INR 20,00,000
Total initial costs INR 93,60,000
Annual costs and debt

payments
O&M (savings) costs INR 5,00,000
Fuel cost - proposed case INR 14,01,470
Other INR 0
Total annual costs INR 37,39,106

Fuel cost - base case INR 46,01,817
GHG reduction income - 10
yrs INR 2,48,565
Other INR
Total annual savings and INR 48,50,382

income
Financial viability

Cumulative cash flows (INR)
Year
Emission Analysis
GHG emission GHG

GHG emission
Base case tCO2 714.8
is
Net annual GHG emission reduction tCO2 497.1 equivalent 91.0

to

GHG reduction credit escalation rate % 5.0%
Project verification Base case Proposed case

Fuel type Electricity Electricity
Seasonal efficiency 100% 100%
Fuel consumption - annual MWh 697.2 212.3
Energy Saved per annum:484.9 Mwh
F. Important Measures and Major Observations
Promoting Energy Service Company (ESCO) based models

For setting-up large SWH installations in commercial buildings, industries and large
residential developments, ESCO approach has the potential to become the most
preferred implementation arrangement. GMC in association with consultants should
develop an action plan to develop feasible ESCO models and create conducive
environment for development of sustainable SWH ESCO businesses
Poor Radiation Days in a Year

Unlike households, hotel/guesthouses are not discouraged by cloud cover or low
radiation for a few days or weeks in the year. Thus, monsoon or fog in winter in itself
is not the reason for hotel/guesthouses to stay away from SWH.
Roof Availability
The roof-availability for SWH is an issue mainly for hotels/guesthouses which do not
own the roof. The roof-ownership, in turn, is linked to the hotel-size. Based on
consultation with hotel managers/civil engineers, a premise is made that
hotels/guesthouses having 15 room upward capacity own the roof.

There is the trend, among centrally air-conditioned hotels, of setting up cooling

towers, hydro equipment, satellite dish antennas on the roof. Despite this trend,
there remains adequate space to install SWH to meet the hot water requirement in
most of such hotels.
Present Fuel Use

The hotels having a room capacity upward of 30 rooms largely utilize liquid fuel for
water-heating. The small hotels- room capacity up to 30 rooms-rely on electricity or
wood. It is attractive, from a payback period perspective, for electricity and liquid
fuel dependent hotels/guestSWH Market Assessment houses to adopt SWH. It is,
only small wood-using hotels/guest-houses, existing on a limited scale, for which
SWH is less attractive. Hotels located in areas especially Gwalior facing severe power
shortage and long hours of power cut often opt for SWH.
Policy Environment: SWH for Hotels/Guesthouses
The highlights of the present policy environment are as follows.
• A municipal corporation order making it compulsory for new hotels to install SWH
is in force in many cities. It is advisable for GMC to initiate bye laws making it
compulsory for hotels having rooms upwards for 15 to compulsorily install solar
water heaters.
• A scheme of loans at the concessional interest rate of 5% pa for SWH is being
implemented by IREDA which should be adequately publicized.
• There is accelerated depreciation provision for commercial hotels/guesthouses.
The awareness of the accelerated depreciation provision among owners of modest
hotels/guesthouses is low.
Other Issues
The hotel/guesthouse industry expressed the following wish-list
• Lowering of SWH capital cost
• Technical solution of the problem of somewhat-staggered-through-the-day
demand for hot water
• SWH delivering hot water round the year

10.3.2
A. Hospital Beds in Gwalior

A city wise estimate of number of Hospitals and the beds therein is indicated in the
table below which is sourced from the Gwalior National Urban Database and a
preliminary survey.
A recent report commissioned by the Ministry of New and Renewawable Energy and
Greentech also offers the national rates of increase in beds yearwise based on the
National CAGR which is used to compute the increase in hot water requirements for
the hospitals in Gwalior.
Development of Hot water norms

Table 39 : Utilisation of hotwater in hospitals category wise
Bathroom Kitchen Laundry
Govt Pvt Govt Pvt Govt Pvt
Hospital √ √ x X x X
up to 15
beds
Hospital √ √ Limited Limited X X
from to 16
to 50 beds
Hospital √ √ √ √ Limited √
with over
50 beds
The laundry and kitchen are features of large corporate or public hospitals and these
hospitals contribute a tiny percentage of total hospital beds in India. The kitchen
requirement is for cleaning and works out under 5 litres per bed. For practical
purpose, patient room or bathing constitutes the hot water requirement of

hospitals. The arrangement, typically, is shower and/or bucket bath. There are
patients who, for medical reasons, are required to abstain from bathing. The care-
takers accompanying the patient, in many instances, do not bathe in the hospitals.
These practices bring down the hot water consumption in a hospital.
The hospital owners/managers interviewed by us estimated hot water consumption
per bed around 25 lpd/bed for patients who are permitted to bathe. The hospital
covered under the survey reported SWH provisioning at rates varying from 15 to 60
lpd/bed, the popular provisioning norm, though, is in the vicinity of 30 lpd/bed. We
have, therefore, followed the norm of SWH provisioning @ 30 lpd/bed for
government and private hospitals, except for modern multi-specialty private
hospitals.
Table 40 : Number of hospitals, dispensaries, etc., doctors, nurses, paramedical

staff and total number of beds available therein as on 2008
Type of Hospital No. of Units No. of Beds
Hospital Govt Private Govt. Private

.
Allopathic 7 302 470 712
Ayurvedic 1 NIL 4 NIL
Homeopathic NIL NIL NIL NIL
Unani NIL NIL NIL NIL
Family welfare &

1 1 NIL NIL
maternity center
Others NIL NIL NIL NIL
Dispensary
Allopathic 17 NIL NIL NIL
Ayurvedic 11 NIL NIL NIL
Unani NIL NIL NIL NIL
Homeopathic 5 NIL NIL NIL

Others NIL NIL NIL NIL
Primary Health Centres 124 NIL
Nursing Home 616 -
Source:Ministry of Urban Development,GOI

Table 41 : Data collected during primary survey as on 2011 of selected hospitals in

Gwalior
Total cost saving in (lakh Rs)

Thermal energy required to
Hot water requirement Lits
Electrical conversion of the

Electricity bill (Rs) in Lakhs
require heat to heat the
Yearlly Electricity saving

Capacity of solar Water
Sanctioned load (KVA)
Initial water temp.°C
Final water temp.°C
heat the water, KJ

Name of hospital
Price in (lakh Rs)
water, kWh
No. of beds
per month
Address
heater
Sl. No.
(kWh)
1 Birla Surya mandir 250 400 6 7500 7500 15 30 60 945000 263 433125 19
Hospital road,Gwalior
2 Gwalior A 256 300 6_7 7680 7680 15 30 60 967680 269 443520 20

Cancer
hospital
3 Civil Civil dispensary, fort 35 25 0.25- 1050 1050 2 30 60 132300 37 60638 3

hospital road Gwalior. 0.30
4 Dr. Kaul Naya Bazar, Gwalior 38 35 0.30- 1140 1140 2 30 60 143640 40 65835 3
hospital kVA 0.40
&
researc
h
institut
e
5 Grover Baradari Chauraha, 22 30 0.20- 660 660 1 30 60 83160 23 38115 2
Hospital Morar ho. Gwalior kVA 0.25
6 Mahesh Mlb colony, laxmi bai 92 45kV 0.8 - 2760 2760 6 30 60 347760 97 159390 7
wari colony padav, Gwalior A 1
Nursing
home
7 Gwalior Gwalior Ho, Gwalior. 250 200k 5_6 7500 7500 15 30 60 945000 263 433125 19
Casualt VA
y
Hospital
8 Ratan 18, Near Sai Baba 20 25 0.2- 600 600 1 30 60 75600 21 34650 2
jyoti Mandir, Vikas Nagar, kVA 0.3
Netrala Gwalior
ya

9 ESI Tansesn Road, Gwalior 100 95 4_5 3000 3000 6 30 60 378000 105 173250 8
Ho, Gwalior kVA
10 Olyai Hospital road Ho, 15 23kV 0 450 450 1 30 60 16 25988 1

hospital Gwalior MP A
11 Ashirva Near Ravi shanka 30 40 0.30- 900 900 2 30 60 56700 16 25988 1

d Hostel, Gwalior Ho KVA 0.35
Hospital Gwalior
12 JA Thatipur Gwalior 22 20 0.15- 660 660 1 30 60 113400 32 51975 2
Hospital KVA 0.20
13 Kamla Gwalior Ho, Gwalior. 15 20 0.15- 450 450 1 30 60 83160 23 38115 2

Raja KVA 0.17
Hospital
15 Total 3435 34350 65 1983713 89

0
C. Projected Hospital Beds and Hot Water Requirement

The growth of beds in Government hospitals is expected to be 2% and we expect
private hospital growth @7% pa till 2013 and to taper to 5% over 2014-18 period and
3% pa thereafter. The number of hospital beds as in 2008 viz 712 in Private and 470
in Government is expected to increase to 1275 and 573 in 2018.
Table 42 : Projection of estimated hospital beds in Gwalior

Category/year 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
Private 712 762 815 872 933 999 1049 1101 1156 1214 1275
Government 470 479 489 499 509 519 529 540 551 562 573
D. Hot Water Requirement
It is assumed that the hot water requirement is taken on an average of 30 litres per
day per bed considering that there are not many super speciality hospitals I Gwalior
where the water requirement goes as high as 190 litres per day
The total hot water requirement will increase from 35 460 lpd in 2008 to 45540lpd in
2013 and 55440 lpd in 2018.

Table43 : Projections for 2013
Sl. Category of No. Hot water Capacity Price in

No. hospital of requirement of solar (lakh
beds Lits Water Rs)
heater
1 Private 999 29970 29970 60
2 Government 519
15570 15570 31
Total 1518 45540 45540 91
E.Techno Economic Analysis

Financial Analysis
Project life yr 20
Debt ratio % 85%
Debt term yr 5
Initial costs
Heating system INR 91,00,000
Other INR 15,00,000

O&M (savings) costs INR 5,00,000
Other INR

Other INR
Total annual savings and income INR 59,29,708
Financial viability



Cumulative cash flows (INR)
Year
Emission Analysis
GHG
emission
Base case electricity system factor T&D GHG emission
GHG emission


is
equivalent
Net annual GHG emission reduction tCO2 469.9 to 86.1cars/trucks

GHG reduction credit escalation rate % 5.0%
Project verification Base case Proposed case

Fuel type Electricity Electricity
Seasonal efficiency 100% 100%
Fuel consumption - annual MWh 862.8 404.5
Energy saved per year: 458.3 mwh
F. Important Measures to be taken and major observations

Hospitals
The major observations are as follows:
SWH Awareness and Exposure
The awareness on SWH, among private hospital owners, is mixed across hospital
standards/size. The knowledge of owners of small private hospitals is less-favourable
for- SWH climatic zones, in most instances, the knowledge is limited to existence of
SWH product.
Poor Radiation Days in a Year

Unlike households, hospitals are not discouraged by cloud cover or low radiation for
a few days or weeks in the year. Thus, monsoon or fog in winter in itself is not the
reason for private hospitals to stay away from SWH.
Roof Availability
For government hospitals, roof is clearly available for SWH installation. The roof in
respect of private hospitals appears substantially available but the precise position is
Not clear. Most private hospitals having 15 patient bed upward are assumed to
possess roof for SWH installation. In respect of up to 15 bed hospitals, roof
availability is mixed because many of these hospitals are independent buildings with
own roof. We estimate that 10% to 15% of private hospital beds cannot be serviced
by SWH because of roof availability. The new private hospitals, regardless of size and
ownership of roof, can be mandated to install SWH through working out access to
the common roof, since a policy of compulsory SWH for hospital is already in vogue
in principle.
Present Fuel Use

The hospitals, barring large private hospitals- use electricity for water-heating. The
cost of water-heating, therefore, is high. The large hospitals generally have liquid or
gaseous fuel (Furnace oil/LPG/LDO/Gas) based boilers and hot water generation
systems.
Policy Environment: SWH for Hospital

This is identical to one for hotels- compulsory SWH for new hospitals, concessional
interest loan and accelerated depreciation.

Other Issues
Unlike hotels, it is not too difficult, barring luxury hospitals, to regulate hot water
timing, a positive for SWH installation. We came across an SWH- dependent hospital
where the system is turned off in summer.
Many owners of small/medium hospitals analyze the techno-economics of SWH at
great length; the SWH suppliers find it difficult to cope with the demands they raise
in terms of time and effort. In several of the large hospitals which are spread over a
large area, extensive piping is required for supplying hot water from a central facility
and hence the cost involved in piping through a centarlised SWH emerges as a major
issue.

10.3.3
Introduction
Border Security Force Academy, one of the largest Para-Military forces in the
World, is a versatile force, which is responsible for guarding round the clock vast and
volatile borders not only against trans-border criminals but also against heavily
armed trans-border terrorism as well. Though guarding the borders is the prime
commitment, security forces remain heavily and decisively involved in the interior as
well in combating insurgency and militancy in various parts of the country. Because
of its friendly and human face, BSF remains the much sough after Force for
combating and containing serious law and order situations in the trouble prone

States. And in case of hot War, BSF works as a force multiplier and contributes
substantially towards over all War efforts of the nation as a credible front line Force.
Location
Border Security force Academy is located 32 km away from the land of
legendary music maestro-Tansen, Gwalior.
Current Situation:
Border Security force Academy is spread over an area of 2923 acres, which
includes many wings of academy, different units like Tear Smokes unit, Central
Workshop and stores, CSMT (Central School of Motors transport), NTCD ( National
Training Center for Dogs, Composite Hospital, Central Printing Press, BIDP ( BSF
Institute of Disaster Response) and Education School.
Presently Electricity demand for the Academy is more than 500 kW which is
being drawn by State Electricity board.
Proposed Project
a) 250 kWp Solar PV Power Plant: It is being proposed with this project to
generate 250 kW power with the help of Solar PV off grid system. The system
will be equipped with battery backup for 6 hours period. System will be
capable of delivering the power for minimum 6 hours in day. The generated
power will be mainly used for Lighting and small and medium power
equipment in Academy.
b) Solar Water Heater it is also being proposed to install 30,000 LPD capacities
on roof different unit of the academy as per requirement.

Solar PV power Generating System
Solar power is the conversion of sunlight to electricity. Sunlight can be converted

directly into electricity using photovoltaic (PV). Solar PV system is an arrangement of
photovoltaic array, solar charge controller PCU, Battery bank and protection devices
in which solar energy is converted into direct current electricity via Photovoltaic
effect.
Photovoltaic is the most direct way to convert solar radiation into electricity and is
based on the photovoltaic effect. It is quite generally defined as the emergence of an
electric voltage between two electrodes attached on a solid or liquid system upon
shining light on to this system. Practically all photovoltaic devices incorporate a pn
junction in a semiconductor across which the photovoltage is developed. These
devices are also known as solar cell.
Fig 31 : Solar PV power Generating System
Solar Water Heater

One of the popular devices that harness the solar energy is solar hot water system. A
solar water heater consists of a collector to collect solar energy and an insulated
storage tank to store hot water. The solar energy incident on the absorber panel
coated with selected coating transfers the hat to the riser pipes underneath the
absorber panel. The water passing through the risers get heated up and are
delivered the storage tank. The re-circulation of the same water through absorber
panel in the collector raises the temperature to 80 °C (Maximum) in a good sunny
day. The total system with solar collector, storage tank and pipelines is called solar
hot water system.
Estimated Cost
a) Estimated Cost for Solar PV Power System = Rs 1.50 Crore
b) Estimated Cost for Solar Water Heater System = Rs 42 Lakhs
c) Total Cost = Rs 7.17 Crore.
Table 44 : Solar Water Heater – Cost estimate
Sl. Type of Capacity Unit Total MNRE Total
No. Technology Price Cost Subsidy Subsidy(Lakh
(Rs) (in Lakhs (Rs) Rs)
Rs)
1 Solar PV 250 kWp 60/W 150 18/w 45

2 Solar Water 30,000 LPD 140/ 42 1750 10.5

Heater LPD /sq.m of
collector
area
3 Total 192 55.5
Savings
a) Solar PV System
Table 45 :Solar PV system – System cost& savings and Power Generation &
GHG Reductions
i) System Cost and Saving
Sl. Capacity Generation Unit Cost Total saving
No. (kWp) Per Year (Rs/kWh) Per year
(kW/year)
1 250 66000 4.5 297000
ii) Power Generation and GHG Reduction

Sl. Type of Power Generation (kW) GHG Reduction (tons of
No. Technology from 2011 Carbon) from 2011
Up to 2013 Up to 2018 Up to Up to 2018
2013
1 Solar PV 250 kWp 132000 462000 111 388

b) Solar Water Heater System

Table 46 : Solar water Heater system – Electricity & money saving and
electricity savings & GHG Reductions
i) Electricity and Money Saving:
Sl. No. Capacity Quantity Total kW kW Saving Saving per

(LPD) Capacity saving saving/yr per day Year (Rs)
No.
(LPD) /day (Rs) @300
@ 300
days/yr
days/yr
1 2000 15 30000 1750 525000 2362500 708750000
ii) Electricity Saving and GHG Reduction
Sl. Type of kW of Saving from 2011 GHG Reduction (tons of

No. Technology Carbon) from 2011
Up to 2013 Up to 2018 Up to Up to 2018
2013
1 Solar Water heater 1050000 3675000 882 3087

10.4 Energy efficiency in Commercial Sector
10.4.1 General Description

T-5 Inline Electronic ballast is an innovative Electronic Ballast for Fluorescent Tube
Lamps (FTL). It is invented to retrofit standard FTL systems that are operated with
Conventional Electromagnetic Ballast (c-Ballast), into energy saving Electronic
Operation in a simple, fast and cost effective manner.
The Plug & Save concept of the Inline ballast .allows such retrofitting process to be
carried out by end users without employing highly qualified expensive electricians. It
only takes a minute.
As such, without the complications of wiring, no installation or recurrent

maintenance costs are incurred. The T-5 inline Ballast with the T5 tube is probably
the most commercially viable e-Ballast in the market.
INLINE T5 SERIES
Fits T5 FTL into common T8/T12
fixtures, and provide High Frequency
Energy Saving operation.
It is proposed to replace 10000 nos T-12 FTL with the T-5 Inline Ballast in Hotels ,
Hospitals, Office Buildings, Educational institutions, hostels ,etc by the year 2013

Footprint Savings
Emission Analysis
GHG
emission GHG
GHG emission
is
Net annual GHG emission equivalent
reduction tCO2 1,456.9 to 267

GHG reduction credit duration Yr 10
GHG reduction credit escalation
rate % 5.0%
Cost Savings
Incremental
Electricity initial costs savings savings payback
Replacement of T-12 with T-
5 inline Electronic ballast 1,597 93,50,000 1,05,36,966 10,00,000 0.8

Resource Savings
Replacing with the T-5 inline ballast will save 15 97 000 kWh or 'units of electricity
per year.
Base case Proposed case Fuel cost savings

Fuel Fuel
consum consumpt
ption ion Fuel saved Fuel cost
Mwhr Fuel cost Mwhr Fuel cost Mwhr savings
INR INR
INR 3,97,62,9 1,05,36,96
7,621.2 5,02,99,920 6,024.7 54 1,596.5 6
Year

Financial Analysis
Project life yr 15
Debt ratio % 70%
Debt term yr 5
Initial costs
Other INR 10,00,000

O&M (savings) costs INR -10,00,000
Fuel cost - proposed case INR 3,97,62,954
Other INR
Total annual costs INR 4,07,72,788

Fuel cost - base case INR 5,02,99,920
Other INR
Total annual savings and income INR 5,10,28,345
Financial viability

10.4.2
General Description
Lighting accounts for almost 20 percent of the total electricity demand in the country
and it is due to ICLs which are highly energy consuming. Only about 5 percent is
converted into light and rest is used as heat where as CFL uses only 1/5th of
electricity and provides the same level of illumination. To overcome the challenge of
over heating, CFLs are recommended by BEE to conserve Energy.
1. Decreases peak load: Lighting is one of the major contributors to peak load. If
400 million light points are replaced with CFLs; it would lead to a reduction of
over 10,000 MW in electricity demand. It would not only reduce emissions
but also result in the reduction of peak load in the country which currently
faces a shortage of up to 15 percent.
2. Reduce Green House Gas emissions: Incandescent Lamps are harmful to the
environment because they use so much energy to function.

3. Win-win situation for all stakeholders: This lamp savings programme reduces
government and household expenditure. With reduction in energy
consumption in every commercial building, the country can conserve its
limited power supply and on a building level, electricity bills are within control
It is proposed to install 5000 CFls of 14 watts capacity instead of Incandescent lamps
of 60W.
Cost savings
Incremental
Show: Electricity initial costs savings savings payback
Fuel saved MWh INR INR INR yr
Use of 14watt
CFLs instead of
40watt ICLs 380 10,00,000 25,05,360 0 0.4
Carbon Foot print
Emission Analysis
GHG
emission
Base case electricity factor T&D GHG emission
system (Baseline) (excl. T&D) losses factor
GHG emission
Gross annual GHG
emission reduction tCO2 384.9
GHG credits transaction
fee % 10.0%



duration yr 10
Resource Savings
Electricity Total
Energy MWh MWh
Energy - base case 584 584
Energy - proposed
case 204 204
Energy saved 380 380
Energy saved - % 65.0% 65.0%
Benchmark Electricity Total

Energy MWh/lamp MWh/lamp
Energy - base case 0.1168 0.1168
Energy - proposed
case 0.0409 0.0409
Energy saved 0.0759 0.0759

Year
Financial Analysis
Project life yr 5
Debt ratio % 70%
Debt term yr 3
Initial costs
Other INR 2,00,000
Total initial costs INR 12,00,000

O&M (savings) costs INR 0
Other INR 1,00,000

Other INR
Total annual savings and income INR 40,27,597
Financial viability

General Description
An average non-energy star rated 1.5 Ton Window AC consumes in the vicinity of
2100 Watts on average (calculated across on-off cycles). By comparison, a modern 5-
Star rated split unit AC of the same cooling capacity consumes on average 1700
Watts - an energy savings of approximately 20%. Always shade your AC from direct
sun. It reduces the efficiency by 5%.
It is proposed to replace 2000 air conditioners with 5 star rated Air conditioners in
Hotels, Hospitals, Educational Institutions, offices etc
Footprint Savings
Emission Analysis
GHG
emission GHG
Country – region Fuel type tCO2/MWh % tCO2/MWh
GHG emission



Cost Savings
Mumbai.
Note: Window AC’s are not as energy efficient as Split Units and therefore do not
achieve better than 3-star Energy Ratings.
Incremental
Facility Characteristics Electricity initial costs savings savings payback
Fuel saved MWh INR INR INR yr
Replacement with 5
Star rated AC 3,154 5,00,00,000 2,08,13,760 10,00,000 2.3
Resource Savings
Electricity Total
Energy MWh MWh
Energy - base
case 24,178 24,178
Energy -
proposed case 21,024 21,024
Energy saved 3,154 3,154
Energy saved - % 13.0% 13.0%

10.4.4
General Description
Most of the carbon footprint from air-conditioned residences and offices is the
consequence of electricity consumption by cooling appliances. While installing more
energy efficient air conditioners is an effective way to reduce this footprint, the
footprint reduction can be greatly enhanced by reducing the quantity of incoming
heat energy that the device has to ‘fight’. The commonly used dark-tinted films
applied on automobile windows, is an example of a relatively outmoded method of
reducing incoming heat energy to Minimise air-conditioning load. Reflective ‘mirror-
like’ surfaces that reject solar energy also perform the same function. These
solutions, while reducing heat load, do however have an adverse effect on the
lighting requirements of the indoor areas they shield – they block visible light as
much as they block heat energy from the sun. Recent innovations have resulted in

the creation of films that reject upwards of 90% of infrared and UV rays (the primary
agents of conveying solar heat into interiors of building) while permitting 70% of
visible light to pass through. Such films are known as spectrally selective films. By
comparison, heavy silver window films permit just 15 to 20% of visible light to pass
through. As an added benefit, the UV-blocking property of these films leads to
dramatic reduction in fading of upholstery, carpets and other soft-furnishing.
Prolonging the life of these resource intensive and high cost products has notable
indirect but tangible footprint benefits as well. The lower cost of incorporating this
solution relative to the cost of replacing existing cooling devices elevates this
alternative in the priority list of interventions; it ought to be implemented as a pre-
requisite prior to any other capital intensive solutions.
Footprint Savings
Placing a solar reflective window film (Spectrally selective films) onto on a window
we can save carbon footprint by 10.2 kg CO2e per year per Square foot of a window
film. For a typical home of 2 bedrooms which has 2 windows in each room and
measuring a total of 64 Sq ft (4*4 Sq ft of each window) of windows, can reduce
carbon footprint by 652.8 kg CO2e per year.
Cost Savings
Placing a solar reflective window film (Spectrally selective films) onto on a
conventional window, can save you at least Rs. 27.6 per year per Square foot of a
window film on your electricity bill (based on all-India average electricity rates) and
savings are approximately doubled in cities with higher electricity rates such as
Mumbai. For a typical home of 2 bedrooms which has 2 windows in each room and
measuring a total of 64 Sq ft (4*4 Sq ft of each window) of windows, can save you at
least Rs. 1766.4 per year on your electricity bill (based on all-India average electricity
rates) and savings are approximately doubled in cities with higher electricity rates
such as Mumbai.

Resource Savings
Placing a solar reflective window film (Spectrally selective films) onto on a

conventional window, can save 6.6 kWh or 'units of electricity’ per year per Square
foot of a window film. For a typical home of 2 bedrooms which has 2 windows in
each room and measuring a total of 64 Sq ft (4*4 Sq ft of each window) of windows,
can save 422.4 kWh or 'units of electricity’ per year.
Estimated Savings for 5000 homes/offices with Investment of Rs.4 80 00 000
For a 2 room house /office Per year per 64 sq ft Upto year 2013
Electricity 422.4 kwh 42 24 000 kwh
GHG 652.6 kg CO2e 65 26 000 kg CO2e
Money savings 2789 Rs. 2 78 90 000 Rs.
Simple payback : 3.4 years

General Description
CFL Bulbs represent the most popular energy saving lighting device used to
dramatically cut carbon footprint. They belong to new age technology. But there is a
technology, fast approaching and no longer just on the horizon, called Light Emitting
Diode (LED) lighting that provides even greater energy savings compared to CFL
Bulbs. An LED Bulb consuming merely 6 Watts of power can emit the same light as a
11 Watt (+3 Watt Choke) CFL Bulb or a 60 Watt Regular Incandescent Bulb.
Additionally, since these bulbs last approximately 40 times longer than regular bulbs
and 6 times longer than CFL bulbs, their higher initial cost is recovered through fewer
bulb purchases. And this is the least known, but very crucial, advantage of LED and
other energy saving lighting technologies – they reduce the heat load that air
conditioners must ‘fight’. This is because more than 98% of the energy output of an
Incandescent Bulb is wasted as heat energy, which warms the air in a room. By

reducing the power supplied by 90% (by using LED bulbs), the quantity of heat
generated in the room is also reduced proportionally. The end result is a significant
savings in energy costs and carbon footprint from Air Conditioner use.
Cost Savings
Replacing 6 regular light bulbs, used 8 hours per day, save you at least Rs. 4000 per
year on your electric bill (based on all-India average electricity rates).
Footprint Savings
Replacing 6 regular light bulbs, used 8 hours per day, can reduce carbon footprint by
1.4 tonnes CO2e annually.
Resource Savings
Replacing 6 regular light bulbs, used 8 hours per day, can save 964 kWh or "units of
electricity per year
Table 47 : Energy Savings Calculator for

Replacing Light Bulbs
CFL
(Compact LED
Incandescent Fluorescent (Light-Emitting Diode
Light Bulbs Bulbs) Light Bulbs)
Life Span (in hours) 1,500 10,000 60,000
Watts 60 14 6
Cost Rs.15 Rs.150 Rs.1500
KWh of electricity used over

6000 hours 3,600 840 360

Electricity Cost (@ Rs.9 per

KWh) Rs.32,400 Rs.7560 Rs.3240
Bulbs needed for 6000 hours

of usage 40 6 1
Equivalent 6000 hour bulb

expense Rs.600 Rs.900 Rs.1500
Total 60,000 Hour Lighting

Spend Rs. 33,000 Rs.8460 Rs.4740
Calculate Your Energy

Savings
# of household light bulbs 30 30 30
Your estimated daily usage

(hours) 5 5 5
Days in month 30 30 30
Household/office savings over 60,000 hours

(energy + replacement)
Household cost Rs.9,90,000 Rs.2,53,800 Rs.1,56,700
Savings by switching from
Incandescent Rs.00 Rs.7,37,000 Rs.8,33,300
Monthly household/office
energy savings
KWh used per month 279 27

63
Electricity Cost (@ Rs. 9 per
KWh) Rs.2511 Rs.567 Rs. 243
Incandescent Rs,00 Rs.1944 Rs.2268
Yearly household/office energy

savings
KWh used per year 3285 767 329

Electricity Cost (@ Rs. 9 per
KWh) Rs.29565 Rs.6903 Rs.2961
Rs.00 Rs. 22,662 Rs. 26,604
Incandescent
Note: the below projections are calculated for Rs.6.6 per unit
Replacing 6 light bulbs with LED lamps per household/office for 10,000 homes
For a 2 room house /office Per year/home-office Upto year 2013

for 6 lamps
Money savings@6.6 Rs/kwh 6362 Rs. 12 72 48 000 Rs.
Simple Payback:2.8 years

10.4.6
General Description
uPVC is an ideal replacement of conventional (wooden, aluminium, steel etc)
windows in the sense that it can reduce deforestation, provide better insulation that
reduce heat losses (20% of a home’s heat is lost through its windows and energy
saving double glazing uPVC windows can cut the heat lost out of windows by 50%),
prevent noise from entering the household and do not require any maintenance or
painting. UPVC is an environment friendly recyclable material, which is widely used in

Green buildings for residential, commercial and industrial applications.

Manufacturing cost of uPVC is 30% lesser in compared to steel and aluminium.
Footprint Savings
It can reduce 6816 kg of CO2e emissions a year.
Cost Savings
Cost savings from Installation of uPVC Windows can be obtained due to better
insulation of the household from outside environment. Thereby it prevents heat
losses, which leads to reduction in usage of the HVAC. The cost savings obtained from
optimum usage of HVAC in a floor area of 1000 sq ft and 300 sq ft window area is Rs.
18350 per annum on your electricity bills.
Resource Savings
For a floor area of 1000 sq. ft and window area 300 sq.ft the power saving / annum
due to HVAC optimisation is 4369 kWh or units.
Proposed Implementation: 1000 blocks of 1000 sq feet and 300 sq ft window area
with investment is Rs.7 50 00 000
For a 1000 sq ft/300 sq Per year/home-office Upto year 2013

window area house
/office block
Electricity 4369 kwh 87 38 000 kwh
Money 29 013 Rs. 5 76 70 800 Rs.

savings@6.6Rs/kwh
Simple Payback:2.5 years

10.5 Other measures for energy conservation in Commercial Buildings
Energy Conservation
Many criteria can be used in decisions whether to install energy-saving equipment or

implement new procedures. The most frequently considered are total costs, rate of
return, ease of implementation, and certainty of the desired outcome. The following
four categories are examples of how a commercial facility can make changes to
achieve energy conservation.
HVAC
A big category for light industrial operations is HVAC. Waste heat from processes,
lighting, air compressors, etc. can contribute in winter but may not be well
distributed. Waste heat at some facilities can create additional cooling loads not only
in summer, but to a lesser degree in the other seasons as well. Consider the viability
of combined heat and power for your facility.
• Waste heat from compressors can frequently be captured for space heating or
other uses.
• Supply air for the compressors and boilers should be from the outside, not indoor
air.
• Seal leaks and increase insulation, at least up to recommended R-values.
• Add economizers to the A/C system (a useful technique except on hot, humid days).
• Identify and correct unwanted drafts and unwanted air movement from one area
to another.
• Use ceiling fans where appropriate.

• Adjacent rooms that are maintained at different temperatures should be separated

by doors or flexible transparent barriers.
• Heating and cooling ducts should be insulated.
• Use automatic controls such as programmable thermostats, time clocks, bypass

timers, weather sensors, and activity sensors, where appropriate.
• Areas of building prone to solar heat gain should be shaded in summer and
exposed in winter.
• Thermostats should be set cooler in winter and warmer in summer.
Hot Water
Hot water, depending on the business, may or may not be a large percentage of
facility energy use.
• Do not overheat hot water beyond your needs or local codes.
• Insulate hot water lines, especially those nearest the tank.
• Install low flow sprayers at point-of-use.
• Install heat recovery systems where practical.
• If using an electric water heater, consider using natural gas instead.
• To keep sediment from building on heat transfer surfaces, drain and flush the tank
every 6 months.
• Consider using a solar heater for the bulk of your hot water requirements.
Lighting Design

Energy efficient lighting starts with efficient lighting design. Often people work in
older spaces that were designed for different tasks or a different layout.
• Evaluate the design of the general and task lighting for the work being done in the
area.
• Consider lighting that could be turned off in overlit areas or occupancy sensors for
areas of infrequent use.
• Replace mercury vapor lamps with super T8 or high output T-5 fluorescents, or
other more efficient lighting.
• Have fixtures and lamps cleaned annually or as necessary to maintain light output.
• Upgrade lighting efficiency with retrofit kits or total replacement.
• Consider controls to turn off lights near outside walls that get natural daylighting.
• Use energy efficient lighting design and equipment for outside (e.g. Solar switches
with Energy Savers).
• Disconnect ballasts from delamped fixtures.
• Use electronic, not magnetic ballasts.
Other electrical appliances
Another important category of use is often referred to as “plug loads” or equipment

such as computers, printers, desk lamps, portable fans, etc. that can plug into outlets
and can be turned on and off at the user’s discretion.
• Educate employees on energy conservation and seek their ideas and actions in
conservation goals.
• Utilize automatic features of computers and networks for sleep modes and power
down modes.
• Make use of clock controls to de-activate copiers, and other equipment overnight
and on weekends.

• Use equipment that is energy efficient and offers energy saving features (e.g.,
Energy Star).
• Monitor use of personal plug loads (e.g., heaters, refrigerators, coffee makers, etc.)


Coal, Electricity, Petrol, Diesel, LDO, Furnace Oil are some major source of the
energy in the industries. We have collected data of all the major industries of
the Gwalior City and collected data of all forms of energy being used in the
sector
11.1 Back ground and Description

Gwalior is based on the industries housed in the territory. Gwalior is known to be the
industrial base that is largely supporting the economy at Gwalior.
In fact, the industries of Gwalior are recognized as the counter magnet to the
industries of National Capital Region. It is noteworthy that the industries of Gwalior
are emerging as integrated industrial estates. These industrial estates of Gwalior are
run by the development corporations that are large working towards the
proliferation of these industries. The independent industrial development
corporations are thus contributing towards the expansion of the economy of Gwalior.
Moreover, it is noteworthy that the industrial estates of Gwalior possess all the
facilities that are required for the development of the industries of Gwalior. In fact,
these existing industrial areas are said to be instrumental in the development of the
industries in Gwalior. Some of the industries that form an integral part of Gwalior
economy are:
Textile mills
• Artificial silk manufacturing plants
• Handicraft and hand loom industry
• Tanning industry
• Chemical industry

Gwalior Chemical Industries Limited is one of the principle industries that caters to
the needs of a number of industries. To name a few:
• Agrochemical industries
• Flavors and fragrance industries
• Pharmaceuticals and dyes industries
Besides, Gwalior Chemical Industries Limited is the largest producer of Chlorotoluene

products in India.
Besides, trade and commerce in Gwalior also form a major constituent of its
economy. In Gwalior, Morar is the center of trade and commerce. In fact, Morar is
known for its tanning industry. The pottery and carpets by the artisans of Gwalior
also contribute towards the economy.
Gwalior Chemical industries, Gwalior specializes in chemical products. It is one of the

leading industries in Gwalior that is known to operate seven large chemical plants.
There are three main industrial estates namely Birlanagar, Maharajpura and
Baraghata. In the Birlanagar area most of the insutries have closed down including
the biggest Mill namely J.C.Mill.According to the dostrict Industries cell most of the
industrial land in the Gospura industrial area has been returned back. The Baraghata
industrial area due to pollution problems is proposed to be established in the
western region now.
Oil and dal mills and other agriculture based units, wood industries are proposed to
be located outside the city area. Ready made garments, hosiery and other non
polluting industries will be allowed to work in the city.
Source:Gwalior GMC CDP

Table 48 :List of Industries listed with the MPMKVVCL

City Circle
Sl.No. Cate- Purpose Name / address of consumer Sanctioned Consum-

gory / contrect ption
demand in during
KW/HP/KVA month
in units
CITY CIRCLE GWALIOR

CITY CIRCL GWALIOR
1 HV 3.1 Industrial Sr. DEE(CR) Laxmanpura 500 156853
2 HV 3.1 Industrial Hindustan Vidhyut Products 200 14700
3 HV 3.1 Industrial Cold Storage & General Mills 250 108150
16 HV 3.1 Textile Harshit Textile 700 188364
17 HV 3.1 Industrial Romy Oil Industries 100 22550
18 HV 3.1 Industrial R.R. Wire & Cable 118 25985
19 HV 3.1 Industrial Apex Industries 200 23673
20 HV 3.1 Industrial Surya Roshni Ltd. 150 37170
21 HV 3.1 Industrial Diksha Packing 100 51615
22 HV 3.1 Industrial Akash Industries 125 27215
23 HV 3.1 Industrial Quality Food Products 100 15518
24 HV 3.1 Industrial Deeksha Contener 200 3033
25 HV3.1 Industrial The D E E.(CR) Rly Sation 450 203650
28 HV 3.1 Industrial Unipetch Rubber 260 58226
29 HV 3.1 Industrial J.B. Mangharam 400 237240
30 HV 3.1 Industrial Gupta Refrectories 180 21355
31 HV 3.1 Industrial M.P. Industries. 200 40920
32 HV 3.1 Industrial B.P. Food 425 220100
33 HV 3.1 Industrial C.P. Industries 800 185080
34 HV 3.1 Textile Takshashila Textile 300 78055
60 HV 3.1 Industrial Kapoor Strips 250 24970
61 HV 3.1 Industrial Brijlal/Daulatram 195 37388
62 HV 3.1 Industrial Acme Plast 380 62983
63 HV 3.1 Industrial Kailash Industries 200 60420
64 HV 3.1 Industrial Sheetal Industries 150 65690
65 HV 3.1 Industrial Paras White Gold Indu. 154 54122

66 HV 3.1 Industrial Pawan Kumar /Budhamal 167 38500

67 HV 3.1 Industrial Moolchand / Madhav Das 120 25340
68 HV 3.1 Industrial Shiv Shakti Till Mills 100 22544
70 HV 3.1 Industrial D.E.(F.R.S.) Telephone Exc. 340 155483
71 HV3.1 Industrial Ramanand Enterprises 300 107280
72 HV 3.1 Industrial S.A. Trading Co. 200 43650
73 HV 3.1 Industrial Parinamitra Electricals 160 10737
79 HV 3.1 Industrial Gangwal Industries 250 71520
85 HV 3.1 Industrial R.R. Floor Mills 370 56290
86 HV 3.1 Industrial Cadbury India Ltd. 2500 1619900
87 HV 3.1 Industrial S.R.F. Ltd. 4000 459600
88 HV 3.1 Industrial A.V.N. Tubes 600 52400
89 HV 3.1 Industrial Lapinous Rock Wools 630 216360
90 HV 3.1 Industrial Punchsheel Rubber 595 165760
91 HV 3.1 Industrial Pee Cee Cosma 180 27432
92 HV 3.1 Industrial Jai Maruti Gas Cyl. 176 16210
93 HV 3.1 Industrial Crompton Greaves 1000 572389
94 HV 3.1 Industrial Godrej consumer Products 3320 1444000
95 HV 3.1 Industrial Super -Sack 600 0
96 HV 3.1 Industrial Jamuna Auto Ltd 1500 793680
97 HV 3.1 Industrial Supreem Industries 1200 420240
Supreem Industries (PVC
98 HV 3.1 Industrial Film) 150 11600
99 HV 3.1 Industrial S.K. Industries 275 108320
100 HV 3.1 Industrial Vikram Woolens 1500 701040
101 HV 3.1 Industrial Atlas Cycle 650 169280
102 HV 3.1 Industrial M.P. Telilinks 700 61480
103 HV 3.1 Industrial Ranbaxy Laboratories 650 307867
104 HV 3.1 Industrial Asha Oil Industries 550 82620
105 HV 3.1 Industrial G.K.B. Opticals 200 24890
106 HV 3.1 Industrial Eminnence India 500 38200
107 HV 3.1 Industrial Gwalior Tank & Veesuals 150 30180
108 HV 3.1 Industrial Kodak India 150 19930
109 HV 3.1 Industrial Hemco Engineers 315 57020
110 HV 3.1 Industrial Malanpur Rubber 200 9010
111 HV 3.1 Industrial Starling Agro 2000 890340
112 HV 3.1 Industrial Marval Vinayal 850 336840
113 HV 3.1 Industrial Shriniwas Cable 200 29040
114 HV 3.1 Industrial S.M. Milkose 750 174016
115 HV 3.1 Industrial Vishal Air Products 180 112000
116 HV 3.1 Industrial Badri Narayan Rubber 460 162400

117 HV 3.1 Industrial Venkat Raman Food 350 70310
118 HV 3.1 Industrial V.R.S. Food 2500 988800
119 HV 3.1 Industrial Essel Plast 125 42777
120 HV 3.1 Industrial Kurlon Limited 325 71040
121 HV 3.1 Industrial Surya Roshni Limited 3000 687900
122 HV 3.1 Industrial Tewa API 1750 639825
123 HV 3.1 Industrial Kashish Rubber 200 43560
124 HV 3.1 Industrial Surya Roshni ( Component ) 1100 546640
125 HV 3.1 Industrial season Rotogravre 250 16480
LT
CONSUMER
M.S. Gwalior Tools Mahraj
1 LV 4 IP pura 117 KW 18545
M.s. R.P.G. Coll center city
2 LV-3.2 Office center 87 KW 38794
3 LV-3.2 Hotal M.S. Mataly halas Thatipur 111 KW 17067
4 LV 3.2 Hospital Dr. Ajai Tiwari 85 KW 16871
M/S Reliance communication
5 LV 3.2 Tower 45 KW 13269
Ltd
6 LV-3.2 Tele Exch The A.E. (G.M.) Bada 65 KW 11946
Smt. Rashmi Parihar Basant
7 LV 3.2
Hospital Bihar 49 KW 20841
Blade
8
LV 4 Factory M/S Kapoor Strips 145 HP 18302
9 LV 4 IP M/S Sushant Udyog 100 HP 31238
O and M circle
l.No. Cate- Purpose Name / address of Sanctione Consum

gory consumer d/ -ption
contrect during
demand month
in in units
KW/HP/K
VA
(O&M)CIRCLE GWALIOR

M/s Bharat Petrolium

1 HV-3.1 Industrial Rairoo 150 14430
M/s Gwalior Distillers
M/s Hindustan Petrolium
M/S Rail Spring Karkhana
4 HV-3.1 Industrial Sitholi 1200 226010
M/s Indian Oil
5 HV-3.1 Industrial Corpn.Rairoo 200 43938
Cold
9 HV-3.2 Storage M/S Prakash cold storage 105 15650
Cold
10 HV-3.2 Storage M/S Parikshit cold storage 110 17800
11 HT-3.1 Industrial M/S Jain stone 250 21330
12 HT-3.1 Industrial M/S Naiduniya news 200 18135
M/S Balaji gangsaw
14 HT-3.1 Industrial Industries 125 20100
Cold
15 HT-3.2 Storage M/S Agrasen cold storage 105 13480
16 HT-3.1 Industrial M/S Stone India 140 17765
M/S Mathura Stones
18 HT-3.1 Industrial Export 120 14745
19 HT-3.1 Industrial M/s Jindal Oil Industries 250 102805
Cold
20 HT-3.2 Storage M/s RVS Cold Storage 146 27320
Cold M/s Jai Mahakal Cold
21 HT-3.2 Storage Storage 125 17870
M/s G.D.P. Agro
22 HT-3.1 Industrial Industries Gwl. 137 56900
M/s Jai Baba Industreis.
23 HT_3.1 Industrial Vill Birawali 167 26300
Cold M/s Bansal Cold Storage,
24 HT-3.2 Storage Gwl 155 41735
M/s Shree Jee Biofuels,
26 HT_3.1 Industrial Purani Chawani, Gwalior 130 22670
27 HT_3.1 Industrial M/s Bihariji Oils Pvt.Ltd. 250 140120
M/s Gwalior Sugar Co
31 HT-3.1 Industrial Dabra 500 80040
34 HT-3.1 Industrial M/S Econ Antari 180 32840
35 HT-3.1 Industrial M/s Savitri Foods Product, 140 14809

Dabra
M/s G.M. (TSU)
36 HT-3.1 Industrial BSF,Tekenpur 376 49770
M/s Agro Solvent Product
39 HT-3.1 Industrial Datia 1500 579780
M/s Kachhawah Minerals,
42 HV-3.1 Industrial Datia 117 4748
We have segregated and summary of the above HV industrial customers is as

below.
Sl.No Caategory Total Total Units Total units

Connected consumed in a consumed
load-KVA month Kwh in a year
Mwh
1 Industrial 55643 16547845 198574.14

11.2 Summary of recommendations – Industrial Sector

Energy Energy
Investment Annual
Generated Generate
in lakh d/Saved
Lakhs) Co2
kWh PA upto 2013
INDUSTRIAL SECTOR 0
IMPLEMENTATION OF PILOT BIOGAS
8 375 2.54
PLANT IN TANNING INDUSTRY 236 5.08
9 TBA
0
BOILERS
10 USE OF SOLAR PV LED STREET LIGHTING 250 5.47 508.71 10.94
11 USE OF PARABOLIC STEAM GENERATORS TBA 0
PRODUCING POWER AND CHILLING 0
Industrial Sector Sub Total 625 8 745 16

Savings
Savings
Savings( (Tonnes
Investment Savings(lakh kwh
No Project details Rs lakhs of
(Rs. lakhs) kWh p.a.) upto
p.a.) carbon/ye
2013
ar)
INDUSTRIAL SECTOR
ENERGY EFFICIENCY
AUDITS AND
14 IMPLEMENTATION* 2184.27 1092.13 198.57 19850 397.14
Industrial Sector Sub
Total 2184.27 1092.13 198.57 19850 397.14

Calculations and Analysis
Energy savings anticipated : @10% savings = 19857.51 Mega watt hours

per year
Annual Cost Savings : Rs.10 92 15 777 per year
GHG emissions savings : 19850 tCo2e
Energy savings expected till 2013 : 39714 Mega watt hours
Cost Savings @5.5 Rs per unit till 2013 in the next two years
:Rs.21 84 31 554
Estimated Investment considering a 2 year payback=Rs.2184 lakhs .Its is assumed

that a minimum 10% nergy savings is possible in any industry after a detailed
comprehensive energy audit.

11.3 Renewable Energy Initiatives

11.3.1
In India, there are about 3000 tanneries processing around 600 million kg of
raw skin and hide per annum generating around 50 MLD of liquid waste and
305 million kg of solid waste. The pollution load in wastewater from
tanneries is of the order of 30 – 120 kg of BOD5 and 75– 320 kg of COD per
tonne of raw hide or skin processed. The environmental problems in the
tanning industry have become more challenging after the Supreme Court
verdict leading to the closure of polluting tanneries during 1995.

A although the liquid waste could be managed satisfactorily through

the Common Effluent Treatment Plants / Effluent Treatment Plants
(CETPs/ETPs), the solid waste from tanneries causes a major environmental
problem through contamination of the soil , and groundwater apart
from emission of huge quantities of green house gases to the atmosphere.
Fleshing and sludge are the two major solid wastes emanating from tanning
and treatment of tannery wastewater. It is reported that about 140-200 kg of
fleshing, which are putrescible by nature, are generated for every tonne of
leather processed. It contains about 80-90% moisture, 6-12% dry volatile
matter and 4-8% ash and minerals. Large-scale leather processing activity in
the country employing mechanical removal of fleshing has led to the
generation of large quantity of fleshing which poses serious disposal problem.
Similarly large quantity of sludge is produced when wastewater from
tanneries is treated.
These solid wastes were managed through open dumping, land filling,
thermal incineration, etc, triggering to secondary and tertiary environmental
impacts. In view of this, demonstration project on high rate biomethanation
technology have been installed for recovery of bioenergy from the
biodegradable solid wastes of tanneries. This has not only helped in solving a
major environmental problem of the tannery industry but also at the same
time, led to production of green energy in the form of methane gas and
improvement in viability of the treatment process.
DESCRIPTION OF THE PILOT PLANT

The solid wastes are collected in a dissolution tank, which is equipped with a
mixer to completely mix the wastes. The homogenized wastes pass through a
macerator to reduce the particle size for effective biodegradation

The homogenized waste is pumped into high-rate biomethanation digesters

in which the homogenized wastes are treated under anaerobic conditions and
the organic material is degraded into biogas. The produced biogas is stored in
a gasholder, from where it is used for thermal energy application in the
abattoir. The digested substrate is collected in a buffer tank from where it is
pumped to a filter press to dewater the residue. The dewatered solids are
used as bio –manure whereas the press water is collected in a storage tank
and pumped to the ETP for further treatment and disposal.
The entire process consists of following five sections:

• Waste handling and slurry preparation section
• Anaerobic digestion section
• Biogas collection and scrubbing system
• Manure processing section
• Power generation section
TECHNOLOGY INVOLVED
Fig 32 : Bio gas in tanning plant
COST ECONOMICS Total cost of the project is Rs.3.75 crore,

BENEFITS ACHIEVED
1. Employment Generation :
Waste to energy conversion plant is providing employment to about 10
persons for the collection of waste and operation and maintenance of the
plant.
2. Fuel Savings / Revenue Earned :
Revenue generated from biogas through thermal energy recovery is
about Rs.14.0 lakhs per annum and through recovery of basic chromium
sulphate from the solid wastes about Rs.5.0 lakhs per annum.
3. Waste Management/ Cleanliness
The project has demonstrated an eco-friendly process for the management of
chrome leather shaving wastes from leather finishing unit. The process
implemented is a total solution for the management of hazardous wastes in
an environment friendly manner. It has improved the environment in and
around the TIL complex

11.3.2
Preheating of boiler feed water

Solar thermal technology can be profitably employed to heat boiler feed water upto
90 deg Celsius and the pre-heated water can then be fed into the steam boilers. This
application reduces the energy requirement substantially.
The Compound Parabolic Collector (CPC) is an improvised evacuated tube technology

to increase heating efficiency of the tubes by 15%. Designed in Germany and
delivered in India , this product has the following key benefits:
• Short installation times due to complete pre-assembled collectors
• Integrated return pipe and highly efficient thermal insulation

• Quick and easy exchange of the evacuated tubes without using any
tools
• Hailstone test DIN EN 12975-2
• Low pressure loss allows several modules to be connected in series
• High energy yield in the transitional period and winter
• Extremely low heat loss due to the high vacuum
Advantages of CPC application are:

• Extremely modular
• Low structural cost
• Best ROI for Low Temperature Applications
• International Certifications: DIN , EN and ITW

11.3.3
It is recommended to install Solar Led street lights in the main industries in Gwalior
to save energy and also to provide light during the frequent power outages occurring
in Gwalior.
High-performance LED Solar Street Lighting Systems.
These street lights combine high- performance LEDs along with high-efficiency
electronics to deliver more light lumens to customers at lesser cost. Designed with
battery back-up of 36 hours, our LED Solar Street Lights are highly reliable and can be
used across the country under various climatic conditions.
Some of the key features of our LED Solar Street Lights are as below –
• Aluminum housing
• LEDs for light source
• Optics
• High efficiency driver & MPPT charge controller
• Polycrystalline solar cells

• Strong and safe

• Excellent heat dissipation IP65 protection
• High brightness and high efficacy
• Individual peanut optical lenses for uniform light distribution
• Low power consumption
• Mature technology, Improving Efficiency
• More Rugged
• Ease of availability
• Low discharge rate
• Ideal for Tropical conditions
• Low Maintenance & Long Life
• Long Life
• Back-up Ideal for cloudy conditions
• Rigid and safe
• Corrosion free
• Tubular construction
• 75% Depth of Discharge
• 1.5 days autonomy
• Octagonal Galvanized Pole
• Integrated approach for system design extracting best performance from
each part
• Top Quality Optics
All the components are optimized for Optimum thermal management and maximum
energy efficiency with lowest heat sink design cost
Microprocessor based charge controller (MPPT) and LED driver maximizes the
performance of panel & battery
21W LED Solar Street Light
Luminaire
Light Output (after accounting driver loss & charge controller loss)
: 1800 lumen
LED Efficacy : 100 lumens / watt

LED Life :> 50,000 hours
Housing :IP 65 Aluminium die-cast housing

Total Harmonic Distortion :0
LM80 report :To be submitted
Driver efficiency : >92%
Driver Life
Luminaire Arm
Charge Controller
Type :MPPT (microprocessor based)
Efficiency :94%
No load current :Less than 10 mA
Enclosure :IP65
Solar Panel :Multi crystalline silicon
Solar cells
Voltage :12V
Solar cell efficiency :Min 14%
Solar panel efficiency :12%
Junction box :IP65
Mounting Arrangement Powder Coated
Battery and Battery Box :Lead-acid tubular battery of low

maintenance
Type :Poly Propylene
Container :Ip 65
Permitted depth of discharge :75%

Mounting position :Approx 5m from ground (anti-

theft feature) / bottom
Battery box material and protection :Pre-coated galvanized sheet of
0.6mm thickness
Battery box protection :Powder coating of 60 micron
thickness
Pole
Type :Octagonal Galvanized Pole
Height :5 m
Duty Cycle :Automatic dusk to dawn

operation
Wind speed resistance of system :180 Km/hr
System Autonomy :36 hrs
Inbuilt Protections :Overcharge protection for

batteryDeep discharge protection for battery Reverse polarity
i. Cost estimates
Cost of 1 Street Light : Rs.50,000.00
Implementation of 500 streetlights=Rs.250 lakhs
Energy Saved Per annum in Kwh replacing a 250Watt light: 5.47 lakh kwh per
annum

Energy Saved per annum in Rs.lakhs=Rs.30 lakh

GHG saved:508.71 tonnes co2
Steam Generation
Solar parabolic dish concentrator consists of a concentrator which uses solar grade
mirrors as reflectors and a receiver. The sunlight is concentrated onto the receiver
and the medium which flows through the receiver gets heated up.
Solar parabolic concentrators can be effectively retrofitted/ integrated with steam

boilers/ hot water boilers/ absorption cooling etc., so that solar can be used as a
substitute to energy source to reduce utilization of conventional energy sources like
LPG/ Diesel fired boilers.
Application Areas:
• Industrial Steam Generation
• Solar Cooking
Steam is used at low pressures to cook food in large quantities, as it reduces
the cooking time considerably. Solar thermal technology which produces
heat can be profitably deployed to generate steam at desired pressure in
eco-friendly manner.
Suitable for:
• Educational Institutions
• Canteens in industries/ commercial organizations
• Hotels
• Asrhams/ Temples

11.3.4
There are many cold storages in and around Gwalior as indicated by the list of
industries detailed above. The following is a case study of a successful
implementation of bio mass co generation in cold storages. There are many lessons
to be learned from the following.
Case study;
DG SET COMBINED HEAT & POWER (CHP) GENERATION -
A SUCCESSFUL CASE STUDY OF A COLD STORAGE
Courtesy :G.Subramanyam
Sr.Dy.Director (Energy Management)
National Productivity Council
The following is a successful case study of Cold Storage unit situated at outskirts of
Hyderabad. The Unit started its operations way back in 1987. The company is one of
the first and commercial De-Humidification Cold Storage unit in the state of Andhra

Pradesh, exclusively designed for high value hybrid seeds, tamarind , chillies etc. The
company has state-of-art pre-cooling facility for export of quick perishables like
fruits, vegetables and eggs. The unit needs both power and steam. The electrical
power consumption is towards running refrigeration compressor and associated
equipment like condensor pumps, chilled water pumps, cooling tower and lighting
etc. The steam is used for de-humidification. In cold storage units. The temperature
and RH control are most critical in cold storage units, and the moisture is absorbed
by in adsorber using silicagel as deccicant. After absorption, the silica gel needs to be
regenerated, and steam is used for Bry Air regeneration purpose. In Bry Air
dehumidification in one cycle - adsorption of moisture takes place and in other cycle -
re-activation of silica gel is carried out using hot air. Hot air is generated using steam
in the radiator coils.
Initially, the unit went for 75HP LT connection with the SEB, which is meant for
lighting only. For balance power requirements, 2 x 320 KVA DG sets were installed.
For steam generation, 600 kg/hr capacity HSD fired boiler was installed. The unit
requires around 185 Kw of power and 300-350 Kg/hr of steam. Initially the unit used
to consume about 55-60 lit/hr Diesel in the DG sets and another 22-25 lit/hr Diesel in
the boiler. The DG sets were used to operate for 12Hrs/day and the boiler was
needed to operated about 10-12 Hrs/day. With this combination, the daily energy
cost used to be around Rs.31,416/day, and the annual bill of the order of Rs.115
Lakhs/year. (All the costs are compared at the present rate).
When the cost of Diesel went up exorbitantly, the unit has gone for a gassifier, using
rice husk as fuel, by investing Rs.15 Lakhs. The gassifier was supplied by M/s Ankur
Scientific Energy Systems, Baroda. The rice husk is partially oxidized, and bio-gas is
generated. The other by-products of the gassifier are ash & tar. The ash has very
good market value and is being used by brick manufacturers and tar is sold as a
lubricant. One problem with the gassifier is , the DG set cann’t run on completely on

100% bio-gas. A minimum of 30% Diesel and 70% gas is needed. But this unit decided
to use 40% Diesel and 60% bio-gas for running the DG sets. By installing this Gassifier,
the Unit has reduced their total energy bill to Rs. 79 Lakhs from the initial Rs. 115
Lakhs a savings of by Rs.36 lakhs, a significant reduction of more than 31%.
When these people decided to go for a gassifier, the cost of Rice husk used to be in
the range of Rs.700-800/ton. But over a period, when every body started using rice
husk, the cost of rice husk also gone up and is now available in the range of Rs1500-
1600/Ton, and almost doubled. At this stage, they approached National Productivity
Council, to help them to reduce their energy bill further by carrying out Energy Audit
in the year 2000.
After preliminary visits and taking some trails on DG sets, Boiler and refrigeration
system, we thought Vapour Absorption Refrigeration (VAR) system would be best bet
to replace the existing load of 100 TR , which is running on vapour compression
Ammonia refrigeration system. Since steam is available and in case, if we want more
steam, we thought we can generate from bio-gas. At this stage, two alternatives
worked out. First one is to generate steam by installing Waste Heat Boiler(WHB),
another alternative was to generate hot air directly from the Flue gas by installing
simple air heater. First of all, why to generate steam and then produce hot air, if we
are able to generate directly hot air, so that we can avoid one more inefficiency. But
after working out various alternatives, our suggestion of heat recovery from DG sets
exhaust gases and generating hot air was well appreciated. Since the DG sets are run
continuously we felt this is an ideal case for Combined Heat & Power (CHP)
generation.
0
The exhaust temperature of the DG sets used to be in the range of 390-400 C. After
detailed measurement of F.Gas flow, the potential heat available assessed to be
around 1,00,000 Kcal/hr, which is more than sufficient to generate 1500 CFM hot air
0
at 120 C. This perfectly matched the plant requirements. After giving this idea, the
unit has implemented the Waste Heat Recovery (WHR) system for their DG sets, in a

record time of one month. Interesting part is, based on the heat duty, we have given
them a rough estimate of heat transfer area required and the line diagram of the
modification. The unit has fabricated the shell & tube heat exchanger on their own
inside the factory itself at a cost of only Rs.3.5 lakhs( year 2000 cost ) & present cost
Rs.6 Lakhs. One single heat exchanger, with blower can cater to both the DG sets,
with by-pass arrangement. When we gave them, the heat exchanger design, in fact,
we ourselves were not confident of our own design. But after seeing the working
o
model, which was giving hot air at 140-150 C, at the exit of the Waste heat recovery
system, we are proud that, we can do even designing.
By implementation of the WHR, the existing steam boiler was completely stopped
and has become a stand-by boiler. By this the annual bill of the plant has further
reduced to Rs.46 Lakhs from the initial Rs. 115 Lakhs. In another words, additional
savings of Rs.33 Lakhs, by stopping the boiler alone. This amounts to reduction of
another 42%. The following table-1 presents the cost comparison of three different
combinations, i.e.1) DG set & Boiler, 2) DG set with Gassifier & Boiler and 3) DG set
with Gassifier & WHR system.

Table 49 : Cost Benefit Analysis of DG set Cogeneration with Gasifier

Sl.no. Parameter Unit Case -1 Case-II Case-III
Only DG set DG set DG set with
with Gasifier &
Gasifier WHR
1. DG set Rating KVA 2 x 320 2 x 320 2 x 320
2. Normal operation 320 320 320
3. Avg.Power Kw 180 180 180

Generation
4. Diesel Lit/hr 55 22 22
Consumption
in DG set
5. Rice husk kg/hr 0 200 200
consumption
in Gassifier
0
6. DG set F.Gas C 400 400 400
Exit Temp.
7. Steam kg/hr 300 300 0
requirement
8. Diesel Lit/hr 22 22 0
consumption
in the Boiler
9. Total Energy Rs./day 31416 21552 12576

Cost
10. Annual Rs. Lakhs 115 79 46
Energy Bill
11. Annual Energy Rs. Lakhs 36 69
Savings
12. Investment towards Rs. Lakhs 15 15
Gassifier
13. Investment towards Rs. Lakhs 0 6
Waste Heat
Recovery
Case -1 Case 2 Case 3

Total - 15 21
Investment(Rs.Lakhs)
Payback(months) - 5 4
This is a successful case study of a small cold storage unit, which experimented, by
installing a gassifier and also the waste heat recovery system, there by reducing their
energy bill from the initial Rs.115 Lakhs to Rs.46 Lakhs, a savings of Rs.69 Lakhs
equivalent to 60% over a period. The simple payback period was hardly less than 4
months, really unbelievable. This savings are based on only 12hrs/day of operation.
Imagine the savings, if the plant operates for 24 hrs and all the 3 shifts. This
technology can be replicated not only in the similar cold storage units but also for
other units, who needs combined heat & power (CHP) simultaneously and urge to
reduce their energy bills.

11.4 Energy efficiency Measures IN

INDUSTRIES
About one-third of the energy used in Gwalior went to industry. That’s not so
surprising when you consider everything that falls under this economic sector.
The use of energy in industry affects every single citizen personally through
the cost of goods and services, the quality of manufactured products, the
strength of the economy, and the availability of jobs.
The industrial sector uses energy in many ways. Often energy is needed directly to
raise the temperature of components in the manufacturing process, which is called
process heating. Refining crude oil, where heat is used to separate various products,
is an example of this. Another common use of energy in industry is to heat a boiler
that generates steam or hot water.
Electricity and oil are heavily relied upon in industry and manufacturing.
While a broad range of activities is included in this sector, a few stand out as
the biggest energy users. The chemical, agro products, oil mills, and tanning,
textiles industries draw a large amount of energy, as do pharma,etc in
Gwalior. In fact, those industries consume about 75% of the energy used by
this sector. For this reason, many efforts to improve the Gwalior’s energy
efficiency should focus on industry and manufacturing.
The first step in improving energy efficiency in small and medium scale industries is
to perform a comprehensive energy audit. The comprehensive energy audit is
subsidized by the Electricity Board and the Madhya Pradesh urja Vikas Nigam has also
empanelled consultants to conduct the energy audits. It is seen by experience that an

average minimum of 10% energy saving potential exists in case the industries
implement recommendations mentioned in an energy audit report.
There are many funding and financing opportunities also available for implementing
the recommendations often without any upfront capital investment costs.
Some recommendations for textile companies are enumerated below for reference.
Textile Industries
Introduction
Conservation of energy is an essential step to overcome the mounting

problems of the worldwide energy crisis and environmental degradation. In
particular, developing countries are interested to increase their awareness on the
inefficient power generation and energy usage in their countries. However, usually
only limited information sources on the rational use of energy are available.
The know-how on modern energy-saving and conservation technologies

should, therefore, be disseminated to governments and industrial managers, as well
as to engineers and operators at the plant level.
In energy intensive industries, savings of around 20% could generally be

achieved through basic housekeeping improvements, with further savings from more
detailed measures such as auditing and energy management programs. The rational
use of energy calls for a broad application of energy conservation technologies in the
various industrial sectors where energy is wasted. One of these energy intensive
industrial sectors to be considered to improve efficiency through the introduction of
modern energy conservation technologies is the textile industry.

In textile plants, appreciable amounts of energy could be saved or conserved

at the energy supply side by appropriate steam distribution management, adjusting
the air/fuel ratio in the boilers, installing cogeneration system, improvement power
system and etc. However, due to maintenance, operation mode, and policy of a
textile company could be different from plant to plant, the precise amount of energy
saving only come once demand side measures have been considered.
Furthermore, since textile plants in developing countries is labor intensive

industries, any improvement in supply or demand side energy efficiency would result
in energy cost reductions and hence increase the income of the factory and the
employees.
1. Characteristics of Energy Consumption
1.1Types of energy used in the textile industry
In general, energy in the textile industry is mostly used in the forms of: electricity, as
a common power source for machinery, cooling and temperature control systems,
lighting, office equipment, etc.; oil as a fuel for boilers which generate steam;
liquefied petroleum gas; coal; and city gas.
Table 50 : Average energy requirement in textile Industries
Sl.No. Branch Thermal Energy Electrical energy

1. Fiber Manufacturing 70 30
2 Textile manufacturing 44 56
3 Clothing manufacturing 62 38
4 Finishing manufacturing 85 15

2. Promotion of Energy Conservation Technologies
While the significance of energy conservation awareness is relatively easily

understood at home, when a program is introduced into a factory to promote it, its
thorough implementation tends to be delayed at an early stage. Therefore, for its
actual course of implementation, it is desired to devise company-wide coordinated
measures similar to QC activities at factories. Also, in order to promote energy saving
measures efficiently, it is found to be effective to separately consider general
management techniques for “rational use of energy” and process-specific techniques
to be developed in each specialized technical field.
2.1 Energy conservation management technologies
2.1.1 Organizational rationalization
Since energy management is relevant to a wide range of departments within a

company, it is necessary to enhance the awareness, improve the knowledge and
obtain the participation and cooperation of everybody involved in the production
process. Therefore, while it is necessary for engineers and technicians with
specialized technical knowledge to play a central role in energy conservation efforts,
the implementation of an energy conservation program itself should not be left to a
handful of specialists or specialized sections. Rather, it is desirable to address the
task company-wide, for example by setting up an ‘Energy Management Committee’.
2.1.2 Improving efficiency of electricity use

(1) Lighting
Due to its nature of operations, the share of lighting in electricity use is
relatively high. After the switch from tungsten bulbs to fluorescent lamps
achieved considerable electricity savings, electricity-saving fluorescent

lamps have been developed and marketed for further improvements,

including those capable of reducing electricity use by several percent for
the same level of illumination. In general, the effectiveness of illumination
is influenced by various factors, such as the intensity of light source, the
reflection coefficient and shape of the reflective fitting (lamp shade), the
layout of the room to be illuminated, interior finish, color and the distance
from the light source. Therefore, it is important to re-examine whether
the light source is utilized in the most efficient way and take electricity
saving measures, if necessary, such as reducing the number of lamps in
use by switching from global lighting to local lighting as much as possible.
(2) Electric motors

The textile industry uses a vast number of relatively small electric motors.
Notably, while a conventional machine was driven by a single motor with
the generated mechanical power transmitted to various parts of the
machine in a collective manner, many modern machines utilize multiple
motors with a control board controlling the movement of each motor,
which is directly coupled to a machine part to drive it independently from
others. This is also a rationalized feature in terms of energy saving.
However, regarding the selection of each motor, emphasis has been
placed on mechanical performance, resulting in a motor with an excessive
capacity. This leaves considerable room for reexamination from an energy
conservation point of view.
(3) Electric heating

In the textile industry, electric heating has largely been replaced by other
methods (steam, gas heating, or direct or indirect fired heating) for some
time in order to achieve cost reductions. However, since electric heating

only requires a small initial investment as a result of convenience and

simplicity in equipment construction, it is still used for small capacity local
heating purposes. Therefore, it is desirable to conduct a comparative
investigation into alternative heating methods, such as far-infrared
radiation heating, high frequency dielectric heating and microwave
heating
2.1.3 Improvements in efficient fuel use
(1) Selection of fuel

Fuels utilized in the textile industry are in the form of coal and oil.
More recently, efficient energy use is under investigation, including
the revival of coal on the way to a further move from oil to liquefied
and city gases, while reflecting various fuel prices. In selecting fuels,
those with good flue gas characteristics in addition to high calorific
value and ease of combustion are desired, so that air pollution can be
prevented as much as possible
(2) Selection of boiler
By and large, boilers used in the textile industry have experienced a
change from Lancastrian- or Scotch-type tubular or smoke tube to
water-tube boilers (natural circulation and forced circulation water-
tube boilers and once through boilers). As a result, boiler efficiency
has improved from the conventional 60’s to 70’s of percentage points
to as high as the 90’s. Since high performance boilers are prone to a
rapid growth of scales inside their water tubes, feed water
management becomes important. Furthermore, these boilers have
small amounts of retained water and high evaporation speeds so that

many aspects of their operation are automated, including feed water

and combustion management.
2.1.4 Improvement in efficient use of steam

(1) Piping
The noted feature of steam use in the textile industry is that the amount
of steam involved is not so large but the locations where steam is required
are widespread so that steam losses due to heat radiation from steam
transportation pipes and pressure drops are considerable.
Therefore, for steam transportation over long distances, high pressure
and small diameter rather than low pressure and large-diameter piping is
desired, with pressure reducing valves placed as necessary to regulate the
steam pressure at the point of use, thereby curbing heat losses. Also, as
pressure losses around bends are great, it is desirable to make their radii
large. In order to prevent steam leaks from joints due to the thermal
expansion of the pipe, expansion joints should be placed where required.
Furthermore, in order to maintain the temperature inside the valve, tank
and treatment tank as well as the piping, it is necessary to install them
heat-insulated, using appropriate heat insulating materials, so as to
efficiently use steam while preventing heat losses.
(2) Steam accumulator

Since live steam is often used in dyeing factories, fluctuations in steam use
during working hours are large. On the other hand, since high
performance water tube boilers and once-through boilers are designed
such that water retained inside the boiler is very little, the boiler cannot
react to momentary and sudden load changes, while responding to
automatically controlled slow load changes is not a problem. In such a

case, a steam accumulator can be installed midway through the heat

transporting pipe, between the boiler and the heat consuming load, in
order to store excess steam when the load is light by transforming it to
heated water. This then transforms the heated water back to steam when
the load is heavy in order to reinforce supply to the load. This allows the
boiler to continuously operate with the average load and is quite
advantageous in view of energy saving.
(3) Recycling of drain

So far, after its heat energy is consumed, steam has been drained off.
However, in view of energy saving, it is necessary to collect and recycle
the heat energy carried by the drain water.
2.1.5 Utilization of heat exchanger
In each production process of the textile industry, the heating and cooling of gases
and liquids as media of heat are frequently required. This is done through heat
exchange between different fluids, and in order to avoid contamination or chemical
reaction due to their direct contact, heat exchangers are used to carry out indirect
heating and cooling. It is important to use the right heat exchanger for the intended
purpose
2.1.6 Measuring instruments and automatic control
Energy saving is an operation to grasp the actual situation of energy use in a factory
precisely and quantitatively and to carry out improvement measures in order to
rationalize and economize on it. While measuring instruments are needed to obtain
quantitative data, it will become more and more important to investigate the use of

sophisticated measuring instruments based on recent developments in mechanical

and electronic engineering, combined with automatic control systems.
2.2 Energy use and rational use of energy in process-specific technologies

Progress in production rationalization is achieved through the implementation of a
comprehensive set of measures, including energy conservation technologies as the
centerpiece measure, along with time management, labor saving, natural resources
saving and space saving. It has been frequently pointed out that, along with
management techniques described earlier, the improvement and development of
process-specific techniques on energy conservation greatly contribute to the
rationalization of production. Here, process-specific techniques relating to energy
saving are summarized for each specialized technical field.
2.2.1 Fiber production

In particular, the following techniques relate to energy saving
(1) Raw material production process

Implementation of energy saving through improvements in the process and
reaction conditions
(2) Polymerization process
Promotion of energy saving through combining the POY (Pre-oriented Yarn:
Yarn with some stability with its molecules partially having gone through
orientation) and DTY (Draw Textured Yam: false twisted yarn produced while
drawing POY yarn) methods and an expanded use in multi-folded spinning
yarn.
2.2.2 Spinning
(1) Ring spinning operation

For the fine spinning operation, electricity is consumed in driving the spindles,
packaging, and spinning, drafting, and operating the lifting and cleaning mechanisms.
It is desired to curb the increase of electricity consumption as much as possible by
setting an optimal condition for each of these electricity usages
(2)Air-conditioning
Although as an ideal working environment a room temperature less than 30°C is
desirable, in cases where the working environment has been drastically improved in
most other aspects with work load also reduced, a slightly increased room
temperature may be permitted. there are many instances of seasonal switch-over
from a damper to a pulley as a means of readjusting the blown air volume; this is in
order to recycle the air sucked from the processing machine for each operation
through a filter back to the same room, and it is therefore necessary to recheck the
locations of fans for suction and returning
2.2.3 Textured-yarn production

While synthetic-fiber textured-yam is mostly produced with false twisting
machines. As their operating speeds increased, driving and heat-curing motors and
other peripheral equipment became larger, accompanied by an inevitable increase in
electricity consumption.
Although this may be acceptable as long as the production improvement resulting
from a high speed operation covers the increase in electricity costs, reductions in
energy cost would surface as an avoidable urgent task, should a sharp increase in
electricity charge occur. It can reasonably be said that the major form of energy
consumed in the production of synthetic finished-yarn is electricity
Although the amount of electricity consumed in each piece of equipment
varies with factory scale and the type of false twist machine, and therefore cannot be
treated in a standardized manner, generally accepted average values may be taken as

3.5 kWh/kg for a single heater system and 5.0 kWh/kg for a double heater system as
one report suggests.
60% of all energy consumption by a false twist machine occurs in the heater.
Therefore, improvements in the heat insulation of the heater and the lowering of
heater temperature may be considered as energy saving measures. Since the latter
has implications in the characteristics of the finished-yam, whether or not it is
adopted should be examined on such occasions as in the development of a new
product.
Since air-conditioning plants are designed based on the conditions applicable

at the time of installation, it is desirable that they be re-examined against the present
conditions.
2.2.4 Weaving
As is shown in Figure 24, rationalization in fabric production is such that while
various improvements in machinery aimed at high speed operation and labor saving
have been carried out, the amount of energy use per unit of the product has
gradually increased. Regarding loom design, high productivity shuttle less looms such
as water jet, rapier and gripper types have successfully been introduced, with air jet
models put in practice in the production area of industrial fabric material. The
amount of energy consumed by each loom during its weaving operation can be
estimated from the motor capacity and weaving speed. Conventional shuttle looms
are based on the weft-insertion method, incorporating a shuttle zooming to and fro
with a large inertia mass (approx. 400) and mounted with extra weft, and they also
use energy consuming pins as an integral part of the machine. For this reason, the
shuttle less looms’ contribution to energy saving cannot be regarded as too high.

On the other hand, as a large amount of energy is consumed in sizing, as one

of the preparatory operations for weaving, the introduction of foam and solvent
sizing operations are being investigated. Furthermore, long fiber fabrics using non
sizing filaments have been developed, eliminating the sizing process altogether. In a
reported example, the introduction of a new heat exchanger into a sizing machine
with a very poor sealing capability achieved more than 40% of energy saving.
2.2.5 Knitting
As is shown in Table 13, the share of energy cost in the total cost of production is not
necessarily high for the knitting process. However, of the main production facilities
for this process, knitting machines have also been undergoing a shift towards high
speed and large capacity and fine gauge features; the current industry trend is for
high added-value goods and multi-line, small-volume production based on advanced
systems such as computer-controlled pattern making mechanisms. Therefore, a
potential tendency for increased energy consumption should be taken into account.
As a result, it is desirable to conduct a comprehensive re-examination of the
production schedule along with the implementation of actual energy conservation
measures in order to reduce or restrain the share of energy cost in the total
production cost.


The global trend towards increased urbanisation requires municipal bodies to provide
services such as streetlights, solid waste management, sewage treatment & disposal,
etc. All these activities consume significant amount of electricity, usually in an
inefficient manner. The cost of energy sometimes constitutes more than 50% of the
municipality’s budget and implementing efficiency measures could reduce it by at
least 25%. There is a potential to save around 10 billion rupees by implementing
energy efficiency measures. Almost all municipal bodies depend on government
support to meet their development and operating expenses. Government of India,
through the Bureau of Energy Efficiency has initiated a programme to cover 175
municipalities in the country by conducting investment grade energy audits and
preparation of detailed project reports. Energy Service Companies are being
encouraged to take up the implementation of the programme with the help of
financial institutions. Utilities must encourage implementation of DSM measures to
relieve their network of such inefficient load. Municipal sector includes water
pumping, waste water treatment, and street lighting .Electricity play the major role of
source of energy.
The official buildings, activities of the Municipality wherein the Municipality is
paying energy bills have been studied for implementation of energy efficiency and
conservation measures under Municipal sectors The Situational Survey and detailed
energy audit has been carried out by Elpro Energy Dimensions for the Bureau of
Energy Efficiency in Gwalior.

12.2 Summary of Recommendations-Municipal Sector

Energy Energy
Investment Annual
Generated Generated
in lakh /Saved
Lakhs) Co2
kWh PA upto 2013
MUNICIPAL SECTOR 0
MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE (MSW) TO
13 7160 518
ENERGY 190859 1036
14 SEWAGE TO ENERGY 2185 32.93 17495 65.86
SOLAR PV POWER GENERATING
15 8450 74.1
5928 148.2
SYSTEM
16 SOLAR STREET LIGHTING 260 5.689 529.06 11.38
SPECIAL AREA DEMONSTRATION
17 0
PROJECTS
GWALIOR FORT 55 0.55 1.1
LAKSHMI BAI STATUE 5 0.06 0.11
ITALIAN GARDEN 40 0.44 0.88
SCINDIA SCHOOL 25 0.28 0.55
Municipal Sector Sub Total 18180 632 214811 1264

Savings(To Savings
Investment Savings(Rs Savings(lakh nnes of kwh
No Project details
(Rs. lakhs) lakhs p.a.) kWh p.a.) carbon/ upto
year) 2013
MUNICIPAL SECTOR 0
15 371.25 188.32 50.63 4050
CONSERVATION 101.26
WATER TREATMENT AND
16 85 43.92 14.63 1360
PUMPING SYSTEMS 29.26
Municipal Sector Sub Total 456.25 232.24 65.26 5410 130.52

12.3.1
Municipal Solid Waste (MSW) to energy
from this waste is estimated to be 110250 MW per year. If it will be utilized fully then
it can meet up to 33 % of annual energy required. Net calorific value off the MSW is
11508 Kcal/kg.the composition of the solid waste is as follow:

Fig 33 Composition chart of MSW

i. Technology to produce energy from MSW
Power generation from the MSW is the technology to convert organic fraction in
MSW into combustible gases. The conversion shall be conducted in two ways:
1. Biological conversion for converting easily degradable wastes into energy rich
gas (methane, CH4)
2. Gasification of other organics to become synthetic gases (syn-gas) at a limited
amount of oxygen.
Energy containing gases will eventually be used in the power generation process. The
major advantages are:
• Reduction of MSW;
• Reduction of environmental and social problems at the disposal site;
• Utilization of MSW to generate energy; and
• Improvement of MSW management services.
ii. Energy generation Aspects

Daily production of the MSW is 785 Tones. It is expected that up to 75% of the
total generated MSW will be collected successfully. On this basis we can say around

600 tones will be collected. It is shown from the below calculation that 8 MW power
plant can be installed
Quantity of MSW - 600 tones
The Power Generation Potential in the above case shall be = 82857.6 kW
= 8.3 MW
In all the above cases, for computation purpose we have taken conversion efficiency
as 25% only in order to validate power potential conservatively.
CDM benefit
GHG reduction due to CH4
Total CH4 reduction = 6745.2 tone per year
1 tone CH4 = 21 tone CO2
Total CH4 reduction = 6745.2 × 21 =141649.2 tone / year
Total CER = 141649.2
1 CER = 10 $ = 50 Rs
Total benefit = 7082460 lakh Rs/ year
CO2 Emission reduction
1 kWh = 0.95 kg CO2

Total electricity generated = 518 lakh kWh/ year
CO2 generated = 49210000 kg =49210 tone
Total CER = 49210
1 CER = 10$
Total benefit = 2460500 lakh Rs

Total CDM benefit = 9542960 lakh Rs / year

Cost estimates
Capital cost Rs Lakh 7160.00

Income Rs Lakh/annum 1754.165
Simple pay back Year 4
Energy can be generated through Food waste:
In order to decrease food waste and mitigate climate change, East Bay Municipal
Utility District (EBMUD) is pioneering an innovative method of reducing the amount
of food waste reaching landfills while simultaneously producing renewable energy.
The kithen waste from the hotels in Gwalior is calculated approximately 16.200
tonnes annually and kitchen waste from houses, hospitals, hostels are put into about
approximately 200 tonnes annually.
Hence total of about 216 tonnes of kitchen waste will contribute to the production of
electricity

The Power Generation Potential in the above case shall be 29828.7
i.e., 2.2828MW can be produced.

Summary
Based on the study and review, we can say, the performance of the project is
a function of the success of proposed two-segment reverse acting and reciprocating
grate which the company proposes to import.
In India no such projects are under operation with this grate technology.
However we endorse this grate which has been proven successful in many countries.
This project stands viable with government support and CDM revenues. The
proposed project activity will lead to GHG emission reduction in the following
manner:
• The methane emission is avoided which would otherwise happen due to
anaerobic decomposition of MSW in the existing waste disposal site.
• Power exported from the proposed project activity will replace fossil fuel
based power from the
grid.

12.3.2
Municipal waste water treatment plant treat the waste water of whole city and
produce water at accepted level of contaminant and sludge which is further treated
for dispose.
It is suggested to go for the anaerobic digestion of the sludge generated and
produce electricity from the biogas produced. According to the sample of the
sewage, around 3480 M3/Day will be generated by which 4593600 kW electricity can
be generated. The anaerobic digestion of sludge is proposed for electricity generation
by fuel cell technology. Produced power can be utilize in house and surplus amount
can be fed in to grid.
The overall objectives can be outlined as below:

• Replace the traditional sludge drying beds and landfill options with mesophilic
digestion of all primary and secondary sludge followed by mechanical
dewatering in order to reduce GHG emissions
• Effectively mitigate odor problems from the existing treatment of sludge and
sludge liquors through introduction of digestion and removal of sludge drying
beds
• Production of fertilizer by mechanical dewatering of the digested stabilized
sludge
• Production of electricity from utilization of the biogas fuel cell thereby
reducing GHG emissions from electricity production from the grid

Completion of this project will deliver the following key results:
• all primary and secondary sludge thickened and digested as per EU

recommendations and guidelines;
• all biogas produced within the digestion process used for power and heat
generation via CHP gas engines thus reducing the site electricity requirement
from the National grid;
• reduction in site fossil fuel usage as all site-heating requirements will be met
from CHP gas engines;
• All sludge stabilized and pathogen free.
i.Technology
Fig 34 Sewage to Energy Process overview

Fuel Cell Technology and Configuration
Fuel cells produce electrical power directly through an electrochemical

reaction using hydrogen and oxygen. The electrochemical conversion of hydrogen to
direct current is much more efficient than if the hydrogen were combusted using the
two-step process of conventional combustion in which fuel is first burned and then
the subsequent heat is used to produce power. Unlike combustion technologies, fuel
cells have very low emissions of carbon monoxide, nitrogen oxides, and non-methane
organic carbon. The main product of the fuel cell reaction is water, which discharges
in the exhaust gas
Hydrogen is produced from methane, the primary compound in natural gas,
landfill gas, or anaerobic digester gas; air provides the oxygen. Similar to a battery,
the fuel cell houses hundreds of individual cells. Cells are grouped to form stacks.
Each stack contains an anode, cathode, and electrolyte. When the fuel gas is
combined with steam in the presence of a catalyst, the fuel gas is reformed to
hydrogen, which is then fed to the anode while air is fed to the cathode.
Fig 35 Fuel cell system

Fuel cell system (“power plant”) consisted of the systems in the fuel
processing, power section, and power conditioning “blocks” and of ancillary systems
that supplies water, air, and other materials required to operate the plant.
Fig 36 Fuel cell process flow diagram

Sludge calculations:
Average flow : 60,000 M3/day (60 MLD)
TSS : 300 mg/lit,
BOD5 : 180 mg/lit,
Incoming TSS : 60,000 x 300 Kg/day
1000
: 18000 Kg/day
TSS removed from : 10800 kg/day (60% removal )
Primary clarifier
Primary Raw sludge : 10800 kg/day
Excess Sludge
(i) Excess sludge generated shall be total of :VSS generated out of BOD
reduction (Px)
(ii) VSS generated out of NH4N reduction
(i) VSS generated out of BOD reduction
Px = yobs x Q x (So-S) x (103g/Kg )-1
Yobs = Y
1 + kd. c
Thus Px (VSS) = Y x Q (So-S) x (103g/Kg )-1
1 + kd. c
Thus Px (VSS) = 0.6 x 60000x (108-20)
1+0.06 x 5 1000 = 2429 kg/day
Px (SS) = 2429/0.8

= 3036 kg/day
(ii) SS generated out of NH4N reduction

Yobs = Y
1 + kd. c
Px (Autotrophs) = 0.15 x60,000 (35-20)

1 + 0.06 x 5 1000
= 103 kg/day
Thus total excess sludge: 33036 + 103 = 3139 kg/day
Total Volatile solids in Primary & Secondary Sludge
= 10800 x 0.5 + 3139 x 0.75 = 7754 kg/day
Gas Production :
Quantity of VSS destroyed = 7754 x 0.5
= 3877 kg/day
Gas produced @ 0.9 m3/kg of VSS destroyed = 0.9 x 3877
= 3480 M3/day
= 145 M3/hr.
Typical Biogas Composition

Table 52 : Biogas composition
Methane 55-70% by vol.
Carbon dioxide 30-45% by vol

Hydrogen sulphide 200-4000 ppm by vol

Energy content of AD gas product 20-25MJ/standard m3
Power Generation:
Power Generation per day (@2kwh/m3 of biogas) = 290 kW
Power Generation per day (@4.3Kwh/m3 of biogas) = 624kW
CDM Benefits
CH4 Reduction
Table 53: CH4 Reduction due to Sewage to energy
Sl.No. Description Units 1st year

1 Biogas production m3 per annual 1148400.00
Amount of CH4 (@ 60% of
2 biomass) m3 per annual 689040.00
3 Amount in tone 689.04
4 CER 1tone= 21 CER 14469.84
5 Cost of emission reduction In Lakh Rs 8.68
Total saving In Lakh Rs. 11
CO2 Reduction
Table 54: CO2 Reduction due to Sewage to energy
Sl. No. Description Units 1st year

1 Power Generate Lakhs Units 36.59
2 CO2 emission tone 3476.09

3 CER 1 tone = 1 CER 3476.09

4 Cost of emission reduction (@60 per CER) in Lakh Rs 2.09
ii. Energy efficiency Aspects
Table 55: Energy efficiency due to Sewage to energy
Sl. No Description Units 1st Year

1 Plant Capacity kW 600
2 Plant Load Factor for Power Plant PLF % 77%
3 Operational hours of power plant Hours 6098.4
4 Net power generation Lakh Units 36.5904
5 In House consumption of generated power % 10%
6 In House Power Consumption Lakh Units 3.65904
7 Power available for sale Lakh Units 32.93136
8 Electricity sold @ 4Rs/kWh Rs In Lakh 131.72544
iii. Cost estimates

Table 56 : Cost estimates due to Sewage to energy
Capital cost In Lakh Rs 2185

Income from power sale In Lakh Rs 131.72
Income from CDM In Lakh Rs 11
Total saving In Lakh Rs 142
Simple pay back Years 15.33
Use of solar for desalination:

A solar powered desalination unit produces potable water from saline

water through direct or indirect methods of desalination powered by sunlight.
Countries such as Australia, Italy and Egypt have adopted this system as an
alternative source of water for the population.[1]
Direct solar desalination produces distillate directly in the solar collector. An example
would be a solar still which traps the Sun's energy to obtain freshwater through the
process of evaporation and condensation. Indirect solar desalination incorporates
solar energy collection systems with conventional desalination systems such as multi-
stage flash distillation, multiple effect evaporation, freeze separation or reverse
osmosis to produce freshwater.
The reverse osmosis solar installation (ROSI) uses membrane filtration to provide a
reliable and clean drinking water stream from sources such
as brackish groundwater. Solar energy overcomes the usually high-energy operating
costs as well as greenhouse emissions of conventional reverse osmosis systems. ROSI
can also remove trace contaminants such as arsenic and uranium that may cause
certain health problems, and minerals such as calcium carbonate which causes water
hardness.

Groundwater (which may contain dissolved salts or other contaminants) or surface

water (which may have high turbidity or contain microorganisms) is pumped into a
tank with an ultrafiltration membrane, which removes viruses and bacteria. This
water is fit for cleaning and bathing. Ten percent of that water undergoes nano
filtration and reverse osmosis in the second stage of purification, which removes salts
and trace contaminants, producing drinking water. A photovoltaic solar array tracks
the Sun and powers the pumps needed to process the water, using the plentiful
sunlight available in remote regions of Australia not served by the power grid.
Application:
To produce distilled water for use in laboratories, lead acid batteries, army auto-
workshops and industry.

iv. Summary
Project focuses on both methane emission reduction as well as the electricity, heat
produced, the produced methane from the Gwalior waste water treatment plant will
be captured and used in the direct molten carbonate fuel cell to generate electricity,
heat and water.
Power generation from sewage will not only treat the sewage it will be cause of
reduction of GHG gas in the atmosphere in this way it is an environmental friendly
way of power production and also subjected to CDM benefit.
12.3.3
Solar power is the conversion of sunlight to electricity. Sunlight can be

converted directly into electricity using photovoltaic (PV). Solar PV system is an
arrangement of photovoltaic array, solar charge controller PCU, Battery bank and
protection devices in which solar energy is converted into direct current electricity
via Photovoltaic effect.
Photovoltaic is the most direct way to convert solar radiation into electricity
and is based on the photovoltaic effect. It is quite generally defined as the

emergence of an electric voltage between two electrodes attached on a solid or

liquid system upon shining light on to this system. Practically all photovoltaic devices
incorporate a pn junction in a semiconductor across which the photovoltage is
developed. These devices are also known as solar cell.
Types of the system
4. Hybrid system
6. Grid connected system.
Madhya Pradesh is the centre of India. Gwalior is the on of major district of Madhya
Pradesh located on latitude 26.22o N and longitude78.18 o E. Here average annual
solar insolation is greater than 5.2 kw/m2 /day. Solar potential is high on this place
compare to other part of India.
Site Details
(7) Location/Address University of Petroleum & Energy Studies,
Bidholi, Dehradun
(8) Altitude 207 M
(9) Latitude 26.22o N
(10) Longitude 78.18 o E
(11) Av rainfall 88.9 cm
(12) Temperature

Summer: 33°C - 45°C,

Winter: 1 °C - 20 °C
i. Technical and Plant Design.
Component of Solar PV System
7 Solar Module
8 Combiner box& main junction box (CB & MJB)
9 Solar module mounting structure
10 ACDB and DCDB
11 Inverter
12 Power Conditioning Unit
Specification of Plant

Capacity of plant : 5 MW
No. of module : 2272
Maximum Power of module : 220W
No. of module in parallel :8
No. of module in series : 284
System voltage : 240 V
ii. Energy efficiency
Estimation of CDM Benefit

Unit generated = 5 x 0.95 x 300 x 5.2
=74,10,000 kWh / annum
GEI for North Zone = 0.8 kg of CO2 / kWh
GEI = 74,10,000 x 0.8 = 59,28,000 kg of CO2 / annum
1 CER = 1000 kg of CO2
No. of CERs = 59,28,000/ 1000 = 5,928
1 CER = 10 $
CDM benefits / year = 5,928x 10 x 45 = Rs.2667600 = 27 lakh
Approximate cost involved in availing (consultant, validator, registration) CDM

benefits is much higher than possible benefits.
iii. Cost estimates

By Simple Payback method
Parameters = Rs. In Crores
Capital Cost = 5000 lakhs
Savings
Unit Generated = 74,10,000 kWh / annum

Electricity charge = 5Rs/kWh

Total saving per year = 74,10,000 x 5
= 370.5 Lakh
Payback Period = 5000/(370.5+27)
= 12.57 years
Space required: 15 acres
iv. Summary
The design of a Sun power station depends mainly on the basic technology of its
energy conversion system. The MODULE is really the basic building block for real
world remote power systems.
Solar energy is very large, inexhaustible source of energy. Currently Gwalior is
taking electricity from the state electricity board.The energy demand is increasing
day by day. Keeping each point in the mind (cost of power, different losses, uncertain
power cut) Extracting power from the solar is the one way to become independent
for the need of power.

12.3.4
Technology
Solar street lights are raised light sources which are powered by photovoltaic
panels generally mounted on the lighting structure. The photovoltaic panels charge a
rechargeable battery, which powers a fluorescent or LED lamp during the night.
Features
Most solar panels turn on and turn off automatically by sensing outdoor light using a
light source. Solar streetlights are designed to work throughout the night. Many can
stay lit for more than just one night not if sun in not available for a couple of days.
Older models included lamps that were not florescent or LED. Solar lights installed in
windy regions are generally equipped with flat panels to better cope with the winds.
Latest designs use wireless technology and fuzzy control theory for battery
management. The street lights using this technology can operate as a network with
each light having the capability of performing on or off the network.
Types
Solar street lights are generally classified into two types
Standalone solar street lights
Standalone solar street lights have photovoltaic panels mounted on the structure.
Each street light has its own photovoltaic panels and is independent of the other
lamps.

Centrally operated solar street lights
In this type, the photovoltaic panels for a group of street lights are mounted
separately. All the street lights in a particular group are connected to this central
power source.
Advantages
 Solar street lights are independent of the utility grid. Hence, the operation
costs are minimized.
 Solar street lights require much less maintenance compared to conventional
street lights.
 Since external wires are eliminated, risk of accidents is minimized.
Number of Solar
Sl.No. Location street light
required
1 Gandhi road upto Munar 100
2 Race Course Road to Gale ke madir 50
3 Padav to Gurudwara to Indraganj 50

Choraha
4 Gole ke madir to Saat Number choraha 50
5 Model tansen to AGO office Bridge 20

6 AGO office to Science College Choraha 15
7 Chetak puri to Maadre ke mata 40
8 Gala rest House 10
9 Nigam Bhavan 15
10 Nagar Crematorium 20
11 Bridge AG office 50
12 Bridge padav 25
13 Bridge Hazira 50
14 Bridge Chandpura 25
Total 520
ii. Recommendations
It is recommended to install Solar Led street lights in the 14 locations to save energy
and also to provide light during the frequent power outages occurring in Gwalior.
High-performance LED Solar Street Lighting Systems.
These street lights combine high- performance LEDs along with high-efficiency
electronics to deliver more light lumens to customers at lesser cost. Designed with
battery back-up of 36 hours, our LED Solar Street Lights are highly reliable and can be
used across the country under various climatic conditions.
Some of the key features of our LED Solar Street Lights are as below –

• Aluminum housing
• LEDs for light source
• Optics
• High efficiency driver & MPPT charge controller
• Polycrystalline solar cells
• Strong and safe
• Excellent heat dissipation IP65 protection
• High brightness and high efficacy
• Individual peanut optical lenses for uniform light distribution
• Low power consumption
• Mature technology, Improving Efficiency
• More Rugged
• Ease of availability
• Low discharge rate
• Ideal for Tropical conditions
• Low Maintenance & Long Life
• Long Life
• Back-up Ideal for cloudy conditions
• Rigid and safe
• Corrosion free
• Tubular construction
• 75% Depth of Discharge
• 1.5 days autonomy
• Octagonal Galvanized Pole
Integrated approach for system design extracting best performance from each part –
Top Quality Optics

All the components are optimized for Optimum thermal management and maximum
energy efficiency with lowest heat sink design cost
Microprocessor based charge controller (MPPT) and LED driver maximizes the
performance of panel & battery
21W LED Solar Street Light
Luminaire
Light Output (after accounting driver loss & charge controller loss)
: 1800 lumen
LED Efficacy : 130 lumens / watt
LED Life :> 50,000 hours
Housing :IP 65 Aluminium die-cast housing
Total Harmonic Distortion :0
LM80 report :To be submitted
Driver efficiency : >92%
Driver Life
Luminaire Arm

Charge Controller
Type :MPPT (microprocessor based)
Efficiency :94%
No load current :Less than 10 mA
Enclosure :IP65
Solar Panel :Multi crystalline silicon
Solar cells
Voltage :12V
Solar cell efficiency :Min 14%
Solar panel efficiency :12%
Junction box :IP65
Mounting Arrangement Powder Coated
Battery and Battery Box :Lead-acid tubular battery of low

maintenance
Type :Poly Propylene
Container :Ip 65
Permitted depth of discharge :75%
Mounting position :Approx 5m from ground (anti-

theft feature) / bottom
Battery box material and protection :Pre-coated galvanized sheet of
0.6mm thickness
Battery box protection :Powder coating of 60 micron
thickness

Pole
Type :Octagonal Galvanized Pole

Height :5 m
Duty Cycle :Automatic dusk to dawn
operation
Wind speed resistance of system :180 Km/hr
System Autonomy :36 hrs
Inbuilt Protections :
Overcharge protection for batter, Deep discharge protection for battery, Reverse
polarity
iii. Cost estimates

Cost of 520 Street Lights : Rs.156 lakhs
iv. Summary
The most important consideration for the solar street lights is the availability of
light during power outages and also autonomy in street light infrastructure.

12.3.5
The objective of the programme would be to create publicity of the renewable

energy technologies, systems and also to disseminate information on technological
developments and promotional activities taking place in the area of the New and
Renewable energy. Under Special Area Demonstration Project Scheme, additional
components has been introduced on demonstration of Renewable Energy
Systems/devices at places of National and International Importance, at centralized
kitchens, canteens, at roadside eating joints and restaurants where large flow of
people and tourists takes place every day with an objective to popularize the
renewable energy system and devices to create greater awareness.
Demonstration of Renewable Energy Systems at Prominent Places

Under Special Area Demonstration Project Scheme, additional components has been
introduced to demonstrate Renewable Energy Systems/devices at places of National
and Inter national Importance, at centralized kitchens and at roadside eating joints,
canteens and restaurants where large flow of people and tourists takes place every
day. The objective is to popularize the renewable energy system and devices to
create greater awareness. The scheme will have following three components:
(I) Demonstration of Renewable Energy Systems at places of National and Inter
National Importance
Renewable Energy Systems/ devices will be installed at places of national and inter
national importance such as Raj Ghat, Rashtrapati Bhawan, Presidential retreats,
Parliament premises, Raj Bhawans, World Heritage sites, and Assembly premises,

national parks, tourist and religious places, zoological parks, Science Museums,
Secretariats, Collectorates etc. to illuminate these places to
supplement the energy requirement through clean and green energy. The
demonstration of Renewable Energy Systems at places of National and Inter national
Importance will be taken up in four categories, depending upon the importance
/popularity of the site. The details are given below:
( a )Category I :
Rajghat, Rashtrapati Bhawan, Presidential Retreat Building at Mashobara, Shimla
and Rastrapati Nilayam, Bolarum, Hyderabad, Parliament premises, Raj Bhawans,
and “World Heritage Sites”
Raj Ghat, Rashtrapati Bhawan, Presidential Retreat Building, Mashobara, Shimla and
Rashtrapati Nilayam, Bolarum, Hyderabad, Raj Bhawans and Parliament premises are
not only places of nation’s pride but attract large number of Indian as well as foreign
visitors round the year.
In addition, 27 monuments/locations in the country have been inscribed as world
heritage sites .Renewable energy systems and devices will be demonstrated at these
places so as to illuminate these monuments/locations as also to supplement the
energy requirement by way of providing green and clean energy as per the
requirement of individual locations. Mainly Solar Power Plant will be used to meet
the energy requirement. The amount of battery back up, however, will depend upon
the type of load which will be assessed at the time of preparation of the DPR.
Central Financial assistance up to Rs. 100 lakhs per site will be provided for meeting
full cost of procurement and installation of systems and devices, Annual
Maintenance(AMC) charges for five years, agency charges and for DPR preparation.
The support will be as per the DPR prepared for each location for which support of up
to Rs. One lakh will be supported by the Ministry(inclusive in the support).

( b )Category II :
i) Places of tourists and religious interest and of national importance
There are number of places of tourist’s interest in the country which are frequented
by large number of tourists (with at least five lakhs and above visitors per year/site)*.
In addition, there are number of religious places of national importance of various
religions in the country frequented by large number of pilgrims. The list of these
locations is given at Annexure VI. In addition to the above sites, the State Assembly
premises will also be covered.
Renewable energy systems and devices will be demonstrated at these places so as to
illuminate these locations/monuments as also to supplement the energy
requirement by way of providing green and clean energy as per the requirement of
individual locations. Mainly Solar Power Plant will be used to meet the energy
requirement. The amount of battery back up, however, will depend upon the type of
load which will be assessed at the time of preparation of the DPR.
Central Financial assistance up to Rs. 50 lakhs per site will be provided for meeting
full cost of procurement and installation of systems and devices, Annual
Maintenance(AMC) charges for five years and agency charges. The support will be as
per the DPR prepared for each location.
ii) Support for Religious locations with visit of devotees of 10 lakhs/annum or

above :
A number of proposal for support for various religious locations are being received
for support accordingly the religious locations with more than 10 lakh/year devotees
visits will be considered for 50% support limited to Rs. 25 lakhs per location.
Confirmation regarding devotees visits will be submitted by the SNAs as certified by
the district collector.

iii) Support to heritage schools/colleges/institutes:

A number of schools/colleges/ institutes which are centre of excellence in their field
and are operating and have reached heritage status after completing 100 years since
their establishments. These are instrumental in grooming future policy makers and
decision makers of the country. It will therefore be rather appropriate to create
awareness towards renewable at these pillars of knowledge.
Accordingly such institutions will be considered for 50% support limited to Rs.
25lakhs/institution.
Under the SADP project , it is proposed to implement solar lighting and power pack
projects at the following sites of national importance in Gwalior.
Sl.No. Site Details Category Proposed Budgeted

project amount (Rs
in lakhs)
1. Gwalior Fort Fort 50 Solar street 55.00
lights for the
approach road
and 10 Kw
solar power
pack
2 Lakshmi Bai statue Monument 10 solar street 5.00
lights
3 Italian Garden Historic and 20 solar street 40.00
Tourist place lights and 10
Kw power pack
4 Scindia School Historic School 5 Kw Solar 25.00
power pack
and 20 solar
street lights

12.4 Energy Efficiency Measures

12.4.1
Street Lighting Segment in Gwalior: A detailed energy audit of the street lighting
segment in the town of Gwalior was carried out jointly by engineers from Elpro
Energy Dimension Pvt Ltd and the Municipality. It was found that there are in total
190 switching points in Gwalior. A system mapping was done for the complete city
street lighting. The study involved the collection of Primary Data at the Field level and
Secondary data through the Municipal Office and EB Office.
For street lighting audit, the data relating to
• Number of Lamps ( all categories ) installed in the Municipality

• Rating of Lamps
• Power Consumption ( Rated, Actual & Recorded by EB )
• No And Location of Switch Points
• Lux Levels at Select Locations
• Annual Hours of Burning
• Monthly Electricity Bills
• Type and Height of Poles
• Type and width of roads
have been collected and used in the analysis
Observations: Each of the 190 points had a mix of fittings connected to them. Various
types of fittings like HPSV lamps with different capacities, Metal Halide Lamps with

different capacities and FTL were observed. A summary of the inventory of the
fittings is brought out in the table below
Table 59 : Inventory of the fittings
Sl No Type Of Fitting Wattage Quantity

1 Incandescent 100w 24
2 Tube Lights (FTL) 40w 5124
3 Sodium Vapor Lamps(SV) 70w 1598
4 Sodium Vapor Lamps (SV) 150w 2399
7 Metal Halide Lamps(MH) 250w 92
8 Metal Halide Lamps(MH) 400w 44
9 CFL Lamps 18 W 58
The total connected load of street lights is 3249 KW. The average connected
load in each switching points is thus around 17.1 KW.
It was observed that most of the panels are having manual control where as
only a few switch points are controlled automatically using timers. The overall
average illumination is around 15 lux. The per capita consumption of electricity in
street lighting alone amounts to 14.79 kwh per head per annum.
The Energy Bills claimed by the utility providers in Gwalior from the
Municipality is an average of Rs.40.44 Lakhs per month.
Annual Energy Bill
Street Lighting Segment 485.27 Lakhs

Table 19: Energy Consumption Estimated
Energy Consumed Energy Charges @ Rs.

Method Of
Load (kW) (Lakh kWh per year) 3.72 per unit (Lakhs
Estimation
per year)
Connected Load Basis 3249 130.45 485.27
Based on the data for street lighting it is evident that the municipality will be
interested in reducing their existing energy bills. Considerable work has to be done in
regularizing the points which are not being metered. However financial analysis has
been brought out considering the connected load only
Three major Energy Conservation Measures have been identified for the
Street Lighting system. The Energy Conservation Measures that have been identified
are:
• Installation of 28 W (T5 series) FTL with Electronic Ballasts in place of 40 W

conventional FTL with Copper Chokes.
• Installation of stand alone ETRACS - Litecon( Energy Tracking & Control
System ) to regulate and optimize various operating Parameters of the
Lighting with Voltage Control accorded top priority.
• Installation of DIMMERs for individual SV/MH lamps
iii. Summary of Energy Conservation Recommendations(ECRs)

Table 60 : Energy Conservation Recommendations
Power Savings Cost Savings Investment

No Proposal
Lakh kWh / y Rs in Lakhs / Year Rs in lakhs
Installation of 28 W ( T5 ) Tube
Lights with Electronic Chokes in
1 5.15 19.16 35.87
Place of Existing 40 W FTL with
Conventional Copper Chokes
Installation of stand alone
Energy Tracking and Control
2 44.97 167.28 330
System for Street Lighting
ETrACS-Litecon
Installation of DIMMER for
3 0.51 1.88 5.38
SV/MH Lamps
Total 50.63 188.32 371.25
Annual Consumption in kWh = 3249(kW) * 11(hrs/day) * 365(days/year)
= 130.45 Lakh kWh per annum
Annual Consumption in Rs = 130.45(Annual Cons.) * 3.72(Tariff)
= Rs 485.27 Lakhs per annum
iv. Cost estimates

The project indicates that the Municipality can save 39% of power in Street Lighting
(50,63,000kWh / y)
The total investment is about Rs. 371.25 Lakhs towards cost of energy saving
proposals.
v. Summary of entire street lighting
The implementation of all these 3 Energy Saving proposals would call for a
one-time investment of Rs 371.25 Lakhs that is expected to save around Rs. 188.32
Lakhs / year on a recurring basis. This is equivalent to 39% of the base Energy Cost
Ltd. In addition 4050 Tons of CO2 gases, which would otherwise have been released
to the atmosphere causing global warming, have been abated. The CO2 abatement is
also on a recurring basis every year. The Simple Payback Period has been estimated
as 24 months.

12.4.2
Data Measurements have been taken for 170 pumps. Data also has been
collected for 10 nos of ELRs.The connected load of the above 170 pumps works out
to 1524 kW the efficiency of the pumps is around 39% and of the motors around
81%.
The Energy consumption of all the 170 pumps has been recorded and is
around 6.10 lakhs kWhrs/month and the energy bill being Rs. 18.3 lakhs/month.
Further it has been observed that the average age of these pumps is about 12.5 years
and most of the motors have been rewound at least 2 times.
i. Energy efficiency
It is recommended to replace all the existing pumps / motors by energy
efficient pumps / motors which will save around 15 – 20% of the present energy
consumption with a savings of Rs.43.92 lakhs per year and an investment on
equipment of Rs.85 lakhs.
ii. Cost estimates
Present level of Energy consumption

For all 170 pumps = 609981 kwhrs/month
Energy consumption after replacing
With energy efficient pump & motors = 487985 kwhrs/month

Savings in Energy per month = 121996 kwhrs

Savings in Energy per year = 1463955 kwhrs
Savings in Energy Cost = Rs. 43.92 Lakhs
Investment for replacing 170 pumps

With energy efficient pumps
@ Rs. 0.5 lakhs/pump = Rs. 85 Lakhs
Simple Pay Back Period = Investment / Savings
= 85 / 43.92
= 23.22 or 24 Months
iii. General recommendations

It is recommended to replace lower size pumps / motors selectively.
It is recommended to build ELRs in different areas and then the water supply can be
distributed through pipeline system, instead of present arrangement of bore-well
pumps feeding the distribution network.
It is recommended to provide water consumption meters to all the End Users.
It is recommended to provide energy meters to all the pumping stations.
It is recommended to replace the existing GI/metal pipes by HDPE pipes.
iv. Summary
The energy conservation and optimization through simple measure mentioned above
can reduce the amount to energy consumption. The awareness of these aspects is
highly recommended.

13 Sources of Finance and Financial planning
Project Financing and Business Models
The various stake holders of these projects are
1. The concerned ULB
2. The ESCO Contractor
3. The concerned State Electricity Board.
13.1 ESCO mode-Performance Contracting
Benefits for ULB
The main benefit for the ULB is considerable reduction in the energy bill as well as in
the maintenance and repairs expenditure. Thus the amount saved can be utilized for
other developmental projects.
In addition to the above financial benefit the concerned ULB will be free from the
routine maintenance and repair activities since this area will be taken care by the
ESCO Contractor wherever ESCO performance contracting is considered.
The savings are confirmed and backed up by energy performance contract with the
ESCO are any other firm.
Types of performance contracts
There are two main types of performance contracts.
1. Shared savings basis

The financial risk lies with the ESCO and the savings are shared between the ESCO
and the ULB for a negotiated period of time.
The ESCO takes on the risk of third party financing from a lender, putting the loan on
the ESCOs balanced sheet.
The savings are shared between the ULB and ESCO with the contract stipulating that
the ULB will receive a certain percentage of the savings, but it does not guarantee the
magnitude of the savings.
In this scenario, the ESCO is still carrying the cost of the project but without the
additional cost of the guarantee. Therefore the ULB is not carrying any risk, but then
it is also not assured of any savings, although in practice such as outcome is unlikely.
The most likely outcome from a shared savings performance contract is that the ULB
will accrue significantly greater financial rewards from the project than if a
guaranteed savings contract had been used.
2. Guaranteed Savings.
The financial risk lies with the ULB but the ESCO guarantees a certain percentage of
savings.
The ULB takes on the third party financing from a lender, putting the loan on the
ULBs balance sheet.
The ESCO guarantees that savings will be sufficient to cover the investment
cost, and if they are not the ESCO pays the difference between the realized savings
and project payments. The excess savings can be shared between the ULB and ESCO.
In this scenario the ULB takes on no risk even though they have the financing
because the guarantee covers the financing cost, a known and quantifiable amount.
However, guarantees add more risk on to the ESCO and more risk always trickles

through as added cost to the project in the form of a higher percentage of the
savings being taken by the ESCO.
When a contract some form of guarantee, a contractor normally takes out

insurance against that guarantee. Such insurance is generally expensive since
insurance company cannot adequately quantify this types of risks. With the cost of
insurance policy added, the ESCO negotiate significantly higher percentage of the
savings to ensure an adequate profit margin to cover all the risk they assume.
There can also be numerous variations and combinations of this two main
types. The essence of a performance contract common all types is that the contract
written so that the investment cost are paid from the savings.
13.2 CDM financing
Industrialized countries through the Kyoto protocol’s Clean Development Mechanism

(CDM) can implement sustainable and environmentally friendly technologies in
developing countries to help meet their emission reduction obligations in a cost
effective manner. The industrialized countries investing in these projects will receive
credits against their Kyoto targets based on the Certified Emission Reductions (CERs)
derived from each project. CDM is also beneficial to developing countries by
promoting the transfer of clean technology, foreign direct investment, localized
environmental improvement and an income stream from the sale of tradable CERs.
Engaging in CDM projects can prove to be extremely advantageous for a country like
India that has great potential to develop and implement projects based on the sale of
CERs. Financing obtained through CDM Mechanism can create additional revenue for
an energy efficiency projects and make a project more attractive for third party
financing.
13.3 Financial Sources and incentives by the Government of India

India is one of the countries most involved in developing the use of renewable
energies and is trying to make the opportunity for investors more attractive than
costly.
To promote renewable energy technologies in the country, the government has put
in place some subsidies & fiscal incentives. The Indian Renewable Energy
Development Agency has been set up under Ministry for Non-Conventional Energy
Sources and is a specialized financing agency to promote and finance renewable
energy projects. Following is a short list of new measures:
• Income tax breaks
• Accelerated depreciation
• Custom duty/duty free import concessions
• Capital/Interest subsidy
The details are as follows:
• 100 percent income tax exemption for any continuous block of power for 10
years in the first 15 years of operations providers of finance to such projects
are exempt from tax on any income by way of dividends, interest or long-term
capital gains from investment made in such projects on or after June 1, 1998
by way of shares or long-term finance.
• Accelerated 100-percent depreciation on specified renewable energy-based

devices or projects.
• Accelerated depreciation of 80 percent in the first year of operations.
• Interest rate subsidies to promote commercialization of new technology.
• Lower customs and excise duties for specified equipment.

• Exemption or reduced rates of central and state taxes.
Ministry for Non-Conventional Energy Sources mix of fiscal and financial benefits:
• 2/3rd of the SPV project cost subject to a maximum of Rs. 2.00 crore per 100
KW for procurement of modules, structures, power conditioning units, cabling
etc. to the implementing agency. The balance cost on land, extension of grid
lines, transformers, civil works, foundation and erection and commissioning,
etc. is met by the implementing agency.
• Up to Rs.1.0 lakh for the preparation of Detailed Project Report (DPR) for the
grid interactive SPV power projects.
• 2.5 percent of its share of project cost, subject to a maximum of Rs.5 lakhs for
performance evaluation, monitoring, report writing, etc. to the State Nodal
Agency.
• Interest subsidy of up to 4 percent to Financial Institutions including IREDA,

Nationalized Banks etc. for captive power projects of maximum capacity 200
KW by industry.
Environmental Legislation of Government of India
13.4 Madhya Pradesh Energy conservation Fund
1. Energy Conservation Act, 2001
Considering the vast potential of energy savings and benefits of energy efficiency, the
Government of India enacted the Energy Conservation Act, 2001. The Act provides
for the legal framework, institutional arrangement and a regulatory mechanism at
the Central and State level to embark upon energy efficiency drive in the country.
The important features of this act are:

• Focus on energy efficiency
• Standards and labeling
• Designated consumers requirements
• Energy conservation building codes
• Energy conservation fund
• Bureau of Energy Efficiency
In the clause (c) of sub-section (2) of section 57 read with sub-section (4) of section
16 of the Energy Conservation Act, 2001 (No. 52 to 2001), the State Government, has
to provide a fund known as the energy conservation fund. The State government of
Madhya Pradesh exercised this power and has laid down rules known as the Madhya
Pradesh State Energy Conservation Fund Rules 2010.
The ECF shall be applied for the following purposes:-
(i) To incur expenditure through the Madhya Pradesh Urja Vikas

Nigam for various awareness Programs for disseminating
information to individual consumers, industries, commercial
organizations, students, farmers etc., regarding energy
conservation and efficient use of energy.
(ii) To meet the expenditure incurred by the Madhya Pradesh Urja

Vikas Nigam for training and personnel and specialists for efficient
use of energy and its conservation including study tours, exposure
visits, interactive exchanges for best practices within India and
abroad.

(iii) For promotion of research & development in the field of Energy

Conservation.
(iv) To develop necessary equipments and resources for testing

certification and verification for consumption, efficiency and
management of energy;
(v) To develop & execute demonstration projects related to energy

conservation and energy efficiency and to contribute in the
projects of bureau of energy efficiency and central government;
(vi) To promote the use of energy efficient processes for the

equipments, devices & systems.
(vii) To meet the matching grant to the centrally sponsored schemes

and schemes of Bureau of Energy implemented in the State of
Madhya Pradesh;
(viii) To meet all the incidental & administrative expenses incurred by

the Madhya Pradesh Urja Vikas Nigam for implementation the
provisions of the Act.
(ix) To meet the expenses incurred by Madhya Pradesh Urja Vikas

Nigam on staff for energy conservation cell.
(x) To incur all incidental & administrative expenses incurred for

promotion, installation and maintenance of renewable energy
project, as per the policy of State Government and all expenses
done in furtherance of above goals.
13.5 MP State Government Incentives to Renewable Energy

• The Government of MP announced a separate scheme for promotion of

renewable energy. This scheme is different from MNES guidelines in some
respect.
• The Scheme of Incentives by the Government of MP is provided below. As per

the notification dated 14/09/98, the GoMP decided to give the following
incentives for development of Non Conventional Energy sources:
1. Any industry, institution, or private agency, desirous of installing a power

generating unit based on Non Conventional Energy Sources like mini/micro Hydel,
wind energy, Bio energy, solar energy etc. in M. P. shall be welcome to establish such
a unit and shall be eligible for these incentives
2. The party may set up the unit either by itself or as a joint venture with M.P. Urja
Vikas Nigam Ltd.
3. Under this scheme the capacity of Small-mini micro Hydel projects shall be limited
up to 3 MW. For projects based on other Non conventional Energy Sources, any
power project having a capacity of 50 kW (minimum) and above shall be eligible. The
party may use the power generated themselves at the point of generation or at any
other place or sell it to the MPEB (the Madhya Pradesh State Electricity Board) or to a
third party, provided such a third party is a H.T. (High Tension) consumer of the M. P.
Electricity Board (MPEB).
4. For wheeling of power from the point of generation to any other place for the
party’s own use or for selling it to third party wheeling through MPEB’S
transmission/distribution system will be allowed on payment of 2% wheeling
charges. The state government will separately compensate MPEB towards line losses
etc. at the rate of 4% of the power wheeled. The wheeling charges will be 2%
irrespective of the distance to which the power is wheeled.

5. Power generated through Non Conventional Energy Sources will be purchased by

MPEB at the rate of Rs. 2.25 per unit. For sale of power to a third party, the rates are
to be settled mutually between the generating party and the third party.
6. Electricity generated from Non Conventional Energy and sold either to the MPEB,
or to a third party, or consumed by the party itself will be exempted from payment of
electricity duty 5 years.
7. Any industrial unit which is a consumer of MPEB and which establishes a power
generating unit from Non Conventional Energy Sources for its own use will be given
exemption from the demand cut to the extent of 30% of the installed capacity of the
Non Conventional Energy unit.
8. Metering equipment for the sale of power will be provided by the party at its cost
at points decided by MPEB. The meters will be duly approved and tested by MPEB.
9. The transmission / distribution lines and transformers required for transmitting

power from a Non Conventional Energy generating unit to the nearest grid /sub
station of MPEB and any equipment required for synchronizing, protection etc. will
be provided by the party as per the specification of MPEB, alternatively, these can be
provided by the MPEB at the cost of the party, however these lines / equipment will
be maintained by MPEB, but the party will be required to pay operation and
maintenance charges as decided by MPEB.
10. Government land (GO MP revenue dept. circular of 16-3/ 93/ seven/2a, Bhopal ,
dated 25.10.97) if available, will be made available to the party , subject to renewal.
For the first five years the land will be given on a token premium / rental of rupee
one per annum and thereafter the premium and the annual rent will be decided on
terms and conditions prescribed by the government from time to time. The premium
and the lease rent after the expiry of the five years will be decided based on the
market rate of land in sixth year. For Wind Energy Projects the open land required for

free flow of wind (other than the land required for the project) will be provided free
of cost on the basis of the proposal from energy department This open land will
remain in the possession of the Energy Department.
11. In case of non-availability of government land, private land will be acquired by

the Government and made available to the party at acquisition cost. No service
charges will be payable. Permission for conversion of land use will not be required.
The party will only be required to inform the District Collector for use to be made.
12. Power generating units based on Non Conventional Energy Sources will be
treated like industry and all the concessions applicable to new industrial units will be
applicable to these power-generating units also.
13.6 Solar Energy Policy Government of Madhya Pradesh 2010

Objective of the Policy
The key objectives of the Madhya Pradesh Solar Energy Policy- 2010 are:
(a) Accelerate the harnessing and development of solar energy in the state
(b) Enhance energy security
(c) Promoting efficient & cost-effective solar installations by providing fiscal and non-
fiscal incentives
(d) Promotion of local manufacturing facilities
(e) Harnessing solar energy by developing local capabilities and enhancing public
awareness
Applicability
To all solar energy based power project developers (Solar PV/Solar thermal) and
manufacturing units of equipment and ancillaries related to solar power projects.

Nodal Agency
The Madhya Pradesh Urja Vikas Nigam (MPUVN) Limited shall be the nodal agency
for implementation of the Madhya Pradesh Solar Power Policy – 2010
Facilities & Incentives
(a) Plant & Machinery
Only new plant & machinery shall be eligible for installation under this policy.
(b) Electricity duty
All generating units, including captive units also, are entitled for exemption of
Electricity Duty and Cess the date of commissioning of the project, provided the unit
generates at-least 70% of the power generation declared in the Detailed Project
Report (DPR). For generation less than 70% power, the documents establishing that
reasons were beyond the control of the unit have to be provided for satisfaction of
the State Government / M.P Urja Vikas Nigam, after examination of the same M.P.
Government can allow exemption in the matter.
(c) Land allotment
MPUVN shall identify suitable Government revenue land in the State and create and
develop a land bank. Land use permission be given to the project developers as per
procedure. However, the developer may identify any other site as potential site,
within the State of Madhya Pradesh for installation of solar project.
(d) Other incentives
Solar energy equipments and other items related to the equipments will be
exempted from Entry Tax. This shall also be applicable for Rooftop PV/Small Power
Generators of capacity less than 1 MW connected to grid and Off-grid applications.

Notwithstanding anything contained in this resolution, the provisions of the

Electricity Act – 2003, and the MPERC order, as issued from time to time, shall
prevail, for the purpose of the implementation of this policy. For Solar energy, this
policy shall prevail over the “Incentive Policy for encouraging generation of power in
Madhya Pradesh through Non-conventional Energy sources 2006”.
This Policy shall come into effect from the date of issuance and shall remain effective
until further orders.
NRSE Policy- Madhya Pradesh
Government of MP has decided to give the following incentives for power generation
through Non-conventional Energy Sources.
• Any industry, institution or private unit (either by itself or as a joint venture)

be eligible for incentives under this policy
• Minimum capacity for stand-alone solar photovoltaic unit shall be 5 KW. The
maximum.
• Capacity for other projects shall be based on available potential.
• The sale of power from one company to its sister concern shall be deemed as
captive user of power.
• Power so generated can be utilized by generator itself or for sale to MPSEB or

its Successor Company or sale to any consumer.
• Public sector units will also be eligible for benefits.
• Unit will have to commence and commission the project in the prescribed
time limit.
Facilities & Incentives

Purchase Rate: The rate of power generated by non-conventional energy sources will
be decided by MPERC, The power purchase rate for the power generated from wind
energy are applicable as per MPERC order issued on dated 11.6.2004 and 1.3.2006 as
follows:
1st Year: Rs.4.03/ Kwh
2nd Year: Rs.3.86/ Kwh
3rd Year: Rs.3.69/ Kwh
4th Year: Rs.3.52/ Kwh
5th Year to 20th Year: Rs.3.36/ Kwh
Green Energy Fund: A green energy fund has created through cess collected from
power consumers.
Open Access: NRSE Power projects shall be exempted from open access charges.
Land Allotment
(a) For 30 years or for the project life the land use permission @ Rs1/-(token)
premium per year will be given,
(b) Private land will be acquired by the Government and made available to the party
at acquisition cost.
• 50 percent exemption on stamp duty on private land will be given.
• The guidelines issued by the Ministry of Environment and Forest Gov of India &
State Govt, would be applicable for forest land. Application for survey of the forest
land shall be submitted to the concerned regional Conservator of Forest (CF) through
M. P. Urja Vikas Nigam.

Concession under Income Tax Rules
Under Income Tax Rules following concessions are available to the non-conventional
energy sector:
• Section 32
Accelerated 80% depreciation on specified RE- based devices/projects.
• Section 80 IA
Industrial undertakings set up in any part of India for the generation or generation
and distribution of power at any time during the period beginning on the 1st day of
April, 1993 and ending on the 31s' day of March 2003. A hundred per cent deduction
is allowable from profits and gains for first five years and thereafter 30 per cent of
the profits and gains. This benefit can be availed for any 10 consecutive assessment
years failing within a period of 15 assessment years beginning with the assessment
year in which that industrial undertaking begins generation or generation and
distribution of power. The budget for 2001-2002 has proposed a 10-year tax holiday
for the core sectors of infrastructure, including solid waste management systems.
This may be availed during the initial 20 years. Further, the Budget has also proposed
a 10-year tax holiday for the generation and distribution of power, to be availed
during the initial 15 years.
• Section 115 J
Exemption from MAT to industrial undertakings on profits derived from the business
of generation and distribution of electricity.
• Section 80JJA
100% deduction in respect of profit and gains from business of collecting and
processing biodegradable wastes.

• Section 10 (23G)
Income by way of dividends, interest or long-term capital gains of infrastructure

capital fund or infrastructure Capital Company from investments by way of shares or
long-term finance in any enterprise wholly engaged in the business of developing,
maintaining and operating any infrastructure facility and which has been approved by
the Central Government on an application made by it in accordance with the rules
made in this behalf and which satisfies the prescribed conditions.
13.7 IREDA Initiatives and Financing schemes
IREDA is a Public Limited Government Company established in 1987, under the

administrative control of Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE) to
promote, develop and extend financial assistance for renewable energy and energy
efficiency/conservation projects with the motto:”ENERGY FOR EVER ".
The main objectives of IREDA are:
1. To give financial support to specific projects and schemes for generating

electricity and / or energy through new and renewable sources and
conserving energy through energy efficiency.
2. To maintain its position as a leading organization to provide efficient and

effective financing in renewable energy and energy efficiency / conservation
projects.
3. To increase IREDA`s share in the renewable energy sector by way of

innovative financing.
4. Improvement in the efficiency of services provided to customers through

continual improvement of systems, processes and resources.

5. To strive to be competitive institution through customer satisfaction.
Table 62 : FINANCING NORMS FOR BIOMASS POWER/ COGENERATION /WASTE TO

ENERGY/ BIO-MASS POWER
Sl. Sector Interest Maximum Term Loan/

No Rate Repayment lending Norms of
(%) p.a Period IREDA
[Years]
1 Biomass Power 11.50 to 10 Up to 70% of total
Generation (Direct 12.15 project cost
combustion mode)- 1
MW to 10 MW
(Minimum applicable
boiler pressure will be
63 Kg/cm2 )
2 Waste to Energy 12.75 10 Up to 70% of total
project cost
3 Biomass Gasification 12.75 10 Up to 70% of total

project cost
4 Biomass Gasification for 12.75 10 Up to 70% of total

Power Generation with project cost
100 % producer gas
engine.
( 0.50 MW and above)
Table 63 : IREDA Interest Rate under Solar Thermal Sector

Sl. Sector Interest Maximum Term Loan/

No Rate (%) Repayment lending Norms of
p.a Period [Years] IREDA
1 Intermediaries 12.5 6 Up to 80% of total

a) Non-Commercial : project cost
Individuals, Institutions,
Trusts, Charitable
Organizations (Non -
Profit making
Organization i.e. not
claiming 100%
depreciation)
2 b) Commercial: 12.5 6 Up to 80% of total
Industries, hotels, project cost
hospitals and other
business establishments
3 Intermediaries 12.5 6 Up to 80% of total
a) Non-Commercial: project cost
Individuals, Institutions,
Trusts,Charitable
Organizations (Non -
Profit making
Organization i.e. not
claiming 100%
depreciation)
4 b) Commercial: 12.5 6 Up to 80% of total
Industry, Hotels, project cost

Hospitals other business

establishments /
commercial
organizations (Profit
making Organization i.e.
claiming
100% depreciation)
* Rate of interest would be reduced by 1% in the event of borrower furnishing

security of Bank Guarantee / FDRs issued by Scheduled Commercial Bank.
IREDA financial norms for Solar Photovoltaic systems
Solar photovoltaic systems eligible under IREDA schemes
• Solar Lantern
• Solar Home system
• Street Lighting system
• Small Capacity SPV Power plants
• Solar Generators
• Building integrated photovoltaic (BIPV) Systems.
S.NO Feature Implementation through IREDA
1 Eligible categories of All categories of users including intermediaries and

beneficiaries commercial organizations
7% (commercial borrowers who can claim

depreciation benefits)
5% (individuals and other organizations)
Financial intermediaries who borrow funds from
IREDA for on – lending at 5% or 7% rate of interest
2 Rate of Interest
will be charged an interest rate of 2.5% or 4.5%
respectively by IREDA. Such intermediaries will not be
able to claim depreciation benefit and the on-lending
arrangement will not be treated as a lease
arrangement.
3 Loan period 3 Yrs
4 Moratorium 1 Year
5 Amount of loan 80% of the cost of the project
6 Upper Limits for a loan No Limit
7 Service Charges 1% of the loan disbursed
All types of SPV Systems except solar pumps. Loans

will not be provided at subsidized rates for systems
8 System Covered that are available with capital subsidy. With the
exception of solar generators for which both subsidies
and soft loans will be available.

Only those SPV systems and power plants, which

confirm to the MNES specifications & guidelines for
2001 – 02 or 2002 – 03 programmes and have
9 Eligible Suppliers
obtained test certificates form SEC / Other Authorized
Test Centers will be eligible for supply and other
benefits under this scheme .
Eligible Category of Beneficiaries
SPV Systems Eligible Categories of Beneficiaries
Solar Home Systems All Categories of individual beneficiaries & non profit
Institutions / Organizations. No individual would be given more
than one system.
Street Lighting Systems All categories of non – commercial institutions / organizations,

State Nodal Agency, Electricity Boards, Panchayats, Zilla
Parishads and DRDA’s.
SPV Power Plants / All categories of non – commercial institutions / organizations,

Others Systems State Nodal Agency, Electricity Boards, Panchayats, Zilla
Parishads and DRDA’s.
Minimum loan eligibility from IREDA

Minimum loan for a project should be of Rs. Rs. 5 Lakhs for Direct User and Rs. 10
Lakhs for Intermediaries.
13.8 IREDA financing for energy efficiency and conservation measures (DSM)
IREDA finances the end user energy efficiency retrofit projects, DSM Projects taken
up by utilities, projects promoted by Energy Service Companies (ESCOs) and power
plants based on recovery of energy from exhaust gasses. IREDA also extend line of
credits to financial intermediaries to onlend/ lease the energy saving equipment.
Any equipment/ device/ system, which contributes to energy saving shall be

considered by IREDA for financing.
13.9 MNRE Schemes
The Ministry has notified a Scheme on Biomass Energy and Co-Generation (non-
bagasse) in Industry with the following objectives:
1. To encourage the deployment of biomass energy systems in industry for

meeting thermal and electrical energy requirements.
2. To promote decentralized / distributed power generation through supply of

surplus power to the grid.
3. To conserve the use of fossil fuels for captive requirements in industry.
4. To bring about reduction in greenhouse gas emissions in industry
5. To create awareness about the potential and benefits of alternative modes of

energy generation in industry.
The scheme has a provision for providing Central Financial Assistance for
encouraging setting up Biomass Gasifiers and Biomass Co-generation (non-bagasse)
projects in the industries for meeting their thermal and electricity requirements.
Objectives
The main objectives of the programme on Biomass Energy and Co-

Generation (non-biogas) in Industry are given below :
• To encourage the deployment of biomass energy systems in industry for

meeting thermal and electrical energy requirements.
• To promote decentralized / distributed power generation through supply of
surplus power to the grid.
• To conserve the use of fossil fuels for captive requirements in industry.
• To create awareness about the potential and benefits of alternative modes of
energy generation in industry.
Central Financial Assistance (CFA)
Central Financial Assistance in the form of capital subsidy would be provided to

biomass gasifier projects and biomass co-generation (non-bagasse) projects in
industries. However, in respect of co-generation projects based on conventional
fuels and their rejects, Central Financial Assistance would be provided only for
promotional and awareness creation activities. The details of Central Financial
Assistance and other provisions are given below :
Capital subsidy for Biomass Gasifiers for thermal and electrical applications
• Rs. 2.0 lakh / 300 KW th for thermal applications.
• Rs. 2.5 lakh / 100 KWe for electrical applications through dual fuel engines.
• Rs. 8.00 lakhs / 100 Kwe for 100% producer gas engines with gasifier system.
• Rs. 6.00 lakhs / 100 Kwe for 100% producer gas engine alone.
Capital subsidy for Biomass Co-generation (non-bagasse) projects

Capital subsidy @ Rs. 20.00 lakhs/MWe would be provided to promoters for

installation of Biomass Co-generation (non-bagasse) projects, including captive
projects based on direct combustion.
The capital subsidy will be considered subject to the following :-
• The amount of capital subsidy would be calculated on the basis of installed

capacity;
• CFA would be limited to a maximum capacity of 5 MW, irrespective of the
installed capacity of the project.
• In case of Special Category States (NE Region, Sikkim, J&K, Himachal Pradesh
and Uttaranchal), 20% higher capital subsidy than that for General Category
States would be provided.
Incentives for the installation of co-generation projects based on conventional fuels

and rejects
Promotional incentives @ Rs. 1.00 lakh / MW, subject to maximum of Rs.

5.00 lakhs/project for professional technical services would be provided
to consultancy firms helping to bring a project to financial closure including
preparation of DPR.
Incentives / service charges to SNAs.
Incentives / service charges @ Rs. 1.00 lakh / MWe ( or equivalent ) would be

provided to SNAs on pro-rata basis, subject to a ceiling of Rs. 5.00 lakh / project,
including for Industrial Co-generation projects, for their active involvement in
promoting Biomass Power / Co-generation projects .
Implementation Arrangements

• The projects will be implemented by private and public sector industry,

including through Energy Service Companies (ESCOs), in which case the ESCO
would be eligible for the CFA.
• IREDA, other financial institutions or commercial banks shall forward the

Detailed Project Reports received from the promoters / ESCOs to the Ministry
along with their Appraisal Note indicating the techno-economic viability of the
projects, taking into account the eligible capital subsidy. The promoters would
be required to also submit an advance copy of their proposal to the Ministry
directly. The prescribed format for submission of the proposal is given in the
Annexure.
• For projects to be implemented by the promoter without debt financing /

loans from domestic FIs / banks, the proposals should be directly submitted
to the Ministry for financial support.
13.10 Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar mission
Guidelines for Off-grid and Decentralized Solar Application
The Government has recently launched the Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission,
which is a major initiative of the Government of India and State Governments to
promote ecologically sustainable growth while addressing India's energy security
challenge. It will also constitute a major contribution by India to the global effort to
meet the challenges of climate change. The immediate aim of the Mission is to focus
on setting up an enabling environment for solar technology penetration in the
country both at a centralized and decentralized level. The first phase (up to March
2013) will, inter alia, focus on promoting off-grid systems including hybrid systems to
meet / supplement power, heating and cooling energy requirements. These systems
still require interventions to bring down costs but the key challenge is to provide an
enabling framework and support for entrepreneurs to develop markets. In order to

create a sustained interest within the investor community, it is proposed to support

viable business models. Flexibility is an integral feature of this scheme. The scheme is
completely demand driven as it offers a bouquet of incentive instruments from which
eligible entities can tailor a package appropriate to their needs and circumstances
within the boundary conditions of the scheme
Objectives:
• To promote off-grid applications of solar energy (both SPV and Solar Thermal)
for meeting the targets set in the Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar Mission for
Phase-I.
• To create awareness and demonstrate effective and innovative use of Solar

systems for individual/ community/ institutional/ industrial applications.
• To encourage innovation in addressing market needs and promoting

sustainable business models.
• To provide support to channel partners and potential beneficiaries, within the

framework of boundary conditions and in a flexible demand driven mode.
• To create a paradigm shift needed for commoditization of off-grid

decentralized solar applications.
• To support consultancy services, seminars, symposia, capacity building,

awareness campaigns, human resource development, etc.
• To encourage replacement of kerosene& diesel, wherever possible.
Funding Pattern

Funding under the scheme would be in Project mode, i.e. there must be a project
report which would, inter alia, include client details, technical & financial details,
O&M and monitoring arrangements. The total project cost shall be funded through a
mix of debt and incentives where the promoters' equity contribution would be at
least 20%. Techno-economic specifications for a minimum cut-off level for the
requirement of the project mode would be specified by MNRE.
MNRE would provide financial support through a combination of 30 % subsidy and/or

5% interest bearing loans. The bench mark project cost for 2010-11 have been
worked out for these systems and the CFA of 30% .
For the year 2010-11, the benchmark price for photovoltaic systems with battery
back-up support is considered as Rs.300/- per Wp. In case of the systems, which do
not use storage battery such as water pumping systems, the installed PV system cost
is considered as a maximum of Rs.210 per Wp.
Capital subsidy of 90% of the benchmark cost, would be available for special category
states, viz. NE, Sikkim, J&K, Himachal Pradesh and Uttarakhand. In addition, it would
be extended for setting up only stand alone rural solar power plants / packs (both PV
and thermal projects) in remote and difficult areas such as Lakshadweep, Andaman &
Nicobar Islands, and districts on India's international borders. However, for funding
solar thermal systems in these areas, the subsidy would be limited to 60% for all
categories of beneficiaries. The subsidy pattern detailed above can be accessed by
only Central and State Government Ministries, Departments and their organizations,
State Nodal Agencies and Local bodies.
There would be a provision for channel partners, operating in the market mode to
access a combination of capital subsidy and a low cost interest for the end consumer,
provided they can tie up with a lending institution. These lending institutions could
then enter into an agreement for refinance/ interest subvention with IREDA. MNRE

would provide IREDA fund handling charges at the rate of 2% for the capital
subsidy/interest subvention portion.
Funds received by IREDA from MNRE without cost may be made available by it for
PAC approved projects directly at interest rate not exceeding 5% p.a as also by way of
refinance to the primary lending institutions at a rate of interest not exceeding 2%
p.a, subject to the condition that the rate of interest charged by the lending
institution to the borrower in respect of the loan does not exceed 5% p.a.
The Interest Subsidy under the Scheme would be made available to Non- Banking
Financial Companies (NBFCs) and Scheduled Commercial Banks (excluding Regional
Rural Banks) by way of refinance from IREDA.
IREDA would also make available funds received from MNRE under this Scheme, to
NABARD, NHB, SIDBI and any other institution as may be specified by the MNRE in
this behalf, for providing refinance on the same terms, to Regional Rural Banks,
Housing Finance Companies, or any other primary lending institutions included by
them, in their respective refinance schemes. MNRE would provide a service charge of
0.5% to IREDA for this.
• RE Voucher/Stamp
A Transaction-cost free redeemable financial instrument, denominated in physical or

monetary units. Placed in the hands of ultimate beneficiary it empowers him by
giving him enhanced degree of freedom to choose. Hence, it can be used as an
effective instrument to gauge and enhance consumer satisfaction at the retail level.
• Capital Subsidy (Credit Linked and non credit linked)
An instrument which lightens the burden of financing the initial project cost to
enable financial closure of viable business proposition.

• Interest Subsidy
An instrument aimed at neutralizing the high cost of capital given after due diligence
of credit appraisal by FIs, NBFC, Micro finance institutions.
• Viability Gap Funding
Financial support provided mostly in the form of initial grant in one or more
installments to finance the project cost so as to create a viable business model. PPP
Scheme of Ministry of Finance has this arrangement for physical infrastructure
projects. It is supplemented by similar arrangement at the state level.
• Green Energy Bonds
A form of low interest bearing long-term redeemable security, which could be issued
by IREDA/ MNRE for Renewable Energy Projects. Analogy: Infrastructure Bond/Gold
Bonds.
13.11 Solar Off-Grid Refinance Scheme
Refinance scheme for promotion of solar off-grid (photovoltaic & thermal) &
decentralized applications
Scope of the Solar Off-Grid Refinance Scheme
The Solar Off-Grid Refinance Scheme would be applicable to all parts of India and
would, to begin with, be co-terminus with Phase-I (up to 2013) of the Jawaharlal
Nehru National Solar Mission.
The coverage of the Solar Off-Grid Refinance Scheme would be as under:
• Various off-grid solar photo voltaic systems / applications up to a maximum

capacity of 100 kWp per site and off-grid and decentralized solar thermal
applications as specified by the Government from time to time, to meet /

supplement power, heating and cooling energy requirements would be

eligible for being covered under the Scheme.
• For mini-grids for rural electrification, applications up to a maximum capacity
of 250 kW per site would be supported.
• Soft loans for projects, including a component for working capital, will be
available to SME manufacturers of solar thermal systems and Balance of
systems manufacturers for Solar PV, in order to promote technology
upgradation, improvement in technology, expansion in production facilities,
etc.
Structure of the Solar Off-Grid Refinance Scheme
The manner of providing assistance in terms of the Solar Off-Grid Refinance Scheme
is as under:
Refinance
In terms of the Solar Off-Grid Refinance Scheme, IREDA would provide refinance in
respect of projects approved by the Project Approval Committee (PAC) of the MNRE,
to eligible institutions at a rate of interest not exceeding two per cent per annum,
subject to the condition that the rate of interest charged by the lending institution to
the borrower in respect of the loan does not exceed five per cent per annum.
Bulk Funds
IREDA would make available bulk funds received from MNRE, to the National Bank
for Agriculture & Rural Development (NABARD), National Housing Bank (NHB), Small
Industries Development Bank of India (SIDBI) and any other institution as may be
specified by the MNRE in this behalf, to enable them to provide refinance in terms of
their own respective refinance schemes on the same terms as at paragraph 4.1
above, to Regional Rural Banks (RRBs), Housing Finance Companies (HFCs), or other
primary lending institutions financed by them.

Interest Subvention
The respective refinancing institution / primary lending institution may, at its option,
choose to avail Interest Subvention instead of refinance. The mechanism for availing
Interest Subvention instead of refinance is indicated in subsequent paragraphs.
Capital Subsidy
IREDA would make available credit linked Capital Subsidy in respect of the projects
covered under the above Refinance / Interest Subvention / Bulk Finance mechanism,
through the above financial institutions, for being made available to the respective
borrowers on successful implementation of the projects.
Eligibility conditions for refinance from IREDA under the Scheme are as under:
Institutions eligible to avail refinance:
Non-Banking Financial Companies (NBFCs) and Scheduled Commercial Banks

(excluding Regional Rural Banks) would be eligible for refinance from IREDA under
this Scheme. Grant of refinance shall be at the sole discretion of IREDA. The
availability and extent of refinance to a primary lending institution would be
determined by IREDA, based on its internal credit assessment norms. The scheduled
commercial banks and housing finance companies shall be required to satisfy, inter
alia, the following parameters to be eligible for refinance under the Scheme:
• The Gross Non-Performing Assets as percentage of the Gross Advances should

not exceed 5% for the entire portfolio of the primary lending institution.
• The Capital Adequacy Ratio should be as per the norms prescribed by the
Reserve Bank of India.
• The primary lending institution should be profit making for the last three
years and should have no accumulated losses.

Scale of refinance
Refinance from IREDA under the Scheme will be available to the extent of 100 per
cent of the eligible loans
Rate of Interest
Refinance from IREDA will be made available at a fixed rate of interest, presently not
exceeding two per cent per annum, subject to the condition that the rate of interest
charged by the lending institution to the borrower in respect of the corresponding
loan does not exceed five per cent per annum.
Term of Refinance
The refinance shall be repayable in a period not exceeding five years.
13.12 Multilateral Financial Institutions
Apart from the funding opportunities by the Government of India and Madhya
Pradesh. Gwalior can also get finding from Multilateral financial institutions. The
various Multilateral Institutions that could be considered are
• World Bank The World Bank’s Investment Framework for Clean Energy and
Development
• Asian Development Bank
• German Development Bank Kfw.
• European Investment Bank Group ,The Global Energy Efficiency and

Renewable Energy Fund (GEEREF)

14.0 Advancing the implementation of the Solar City Master Plan for Gwalior-
Action Plan
Three main steps in advancing implementation in Gwalior
1. Develop an act ion plan with key stakeholder’s and Utilities Action
• Develop and implement an engagement strategy to learn from local
stakeholders about implementing the solar city action plan in Gwalior
(utilities, chamber of commerce, Industrial associations, large scale retailers,
resident associations, etc.)
• Divide between corporate versus community initiatives.
• Use the Energy Advisory Committee to move forward Renewable energy and
energy efficiency actions with reference to the Master Plan of solar city
development for Gwalior city.
2. Continue To Improve Local Energy Information for Gwalior Action
• Confirm demand side management (DSM)and conservation demand
management (CDM)programs to be delivered in Gwalior by local utilities
• Adopt indicators to measure the progress of actions for meeting energy and
GHGs
• Work with local agencies to resolve potential areas identified during solar city
master plan preparation exercise.
3. Invest in the Resources and Knowledge to Advance Energy Efficiency Action
and implement renewable energy projects
• Gwalior Municipal Corporation should work with local Electrical utility to
evaluate if electric infrastructure can support potential future demand.
• Undertake pre-feasibility analysis for areas where high energy demand
identified

15 Key areas of focus for Gwalior and Pilot projects
Pilot -1
Objective of this project
Objectives of the project are
6. To implement a 5 Mw Rooftop PV & Small Solar Power Generation
Programme(RPSSGP) in Gwalior City
7. To use the most effective and environmental friendly power saving method.
8. Shift portion of day time lighting load to Solar Power.

9. Reduce the pollution.

10. Reduce the GHG emission.
It is proposed to install 1 Kw or 2 kw solar PV grid connected power generating
system to be installed on roof tops in Gwalior city on a maximum of 5000 houses. The
project developer is proposed to be GMC in association with a private/semi
Government entity.
Financials
Total Investment: Rs.105 crores
Installed Capacity: 5 Mw
Table 29:Financials for 5 Mw rooftop solar SPV project
1 Assumed cost of 1 Wp as per MNRE guidelines Rs 210
2 Cost of 1 Kw of Solar PV grid connnected system Rs. 210000
3 System Capacity Kw 1
4 Hours of sunlight per day Hours 5.5
5 No. of sunny days Days 330
Rs. Per
6 Cost of Energy Paid per kwh to EB Kwh 5
8 Cost of Energy Paid per kwh by EB to project developer
Rs per
kwh 15.49
First Phase: 10 years

10 developer to kwh 1
house owner
12 Amount earned by house owner in first 10 years Rs 18150
13 Amount earned by developer Rs 262993.5

Second Phase: 10 years

15 developer to kwh 5.49
house owner
16 developer kwh 10
17 Amount earned by house owner in second 10 years Rs 89679.15
18 Amount earned by developer in second 10 years Rs 163350
Third Phase: 5 years

developer to kwh 7.745
20 house owner
22 Amount earned by house owner in third 5 years Rs 56931.55
23 Amount earned by developer in third 5 years Rs 56931.55
Developer
Phase 10
1 years 262993.5
Phase 10
2 years 163350
Phase
3 5 years 56931.55
Total 483275.05

Rs. 2685
House Owner
Phase 10
1 years 18150
Phase 10
2 years 89679.15
Phase
3 5 years 56931.55
Total 164760.70

Average Monthly receipts Rs.915

Pilot -2
Municipal Solid Waste(MSW) to energy
from this waste is estimated to be 110250 MW per year. If it will be utilized fully then
it can meet up to 33 % of annual energy required. Net calorific value off the MSW is
11508 Kcal/kg.the composition of the solid waste is as follow:
Total CDM benefit = 9542960 lakh Rs / year
Cost estimates
Capital cost Rs Lakh 7160.00

Income Rs Lakh/annum 1754.165

Simple pay back Year 4

Pilot-3
Municipal waste water treatment plant treat the waste water of whole city and
produce water at accepted level of contaminant and sludge which is further treated
for dispose.
It is suggested to go for the anaerobic digestion of the sludge generated and
produce electricity from the biogas produced. According to the sample of the
sewage, around 3480 M3/Day will be generated by which 4593600 kW electricity can
be generated. The anaerobic digestion of sludge is proposed for electricity generation
by fuel cell technology. Produced power can be utilize in house and surplus amount
can be fed in to grid.
The overall objectives can be outlined as below:

• Replace the traditional sludge drying beds and landfill options with mesophilic
digestion of all primary and secondary sludge followed by mechanical
dewatering in order to reduce GHG emissions
• Effectively mitigate odor problems from the existing treatment of sludge and
sludge liquors through introduction of digestion and removal of sludge drying
beds
• Production of fertilizer by mechanical dewatering of the digested stabilized
sludge
• Production of electricity from utilization of the biogas fuel cell thereby
reducing GHG emissions from electricity production from the grid
Completion of this project will deliver the following key results:

• all primary and secondary sludge thickened and digested as per EU

recommendations and guidelines;
• all biogas produced within the digestion process used for power and heat
generation via CHP gas engines thus reducing the site electricity requirement
from the National grid;
• reduction in site fossil fuel usage as all site-heating requirements will be met
from CHP gas engines;
• All sludge stabilized and pathogen free.
i.Technology
Fig 34 Sewage to Energy Process overview
Cost estimates due to Sewage to energy
Capital cost In Lakh Rs 2185

Income from power sale In Lakh Rs 131.72
Income from CDM In Lakh Rs 11
Total saving In Lakh Rs 142
Simple pay back Years 15.33

Pilot-4
Technology
Solar street lights are raised light sources which are powered by photovoltaic
panels generally mounted on the lighting structure. The photovoltaic panels charge a
rechargeable battery, which powers a fluorescent or LED lamp during the night.
Features
Most solar panels turn on and turn off automatically by sensing outdoor light using a
light source. Solar streetlights are designed to work throughout the night. Many can
stay lit for more than just one night not if sun in not available for a couple of days.
Older models included lamps that were not florescent or LED. Solar lights installed in
windy regions are generally equipped with flat panels to better cope with the winds.
Number of Solar
Sl.No. Location street light
required
1 Gandhi road upto Munar 100
2 Race Course Road to Gale ke madir 50
3 Padav to Gurudwara to Indraganj 50

Choraha
4 Gole ke madir to Saat Number choraha 50

5 Model tansen to AGO office Bridge 20
6 AGO office to Science College Choraha 15
7 Chetak puri to Maadre ke mata 40
8 Gala rest House 10
9 Nigam Bhavan 15
10 Nagar Crematorium 20
11 Bridge AG office 50
12 Bridge padav 25
13 Bridge Hazira 50
14 Bridge Chandpura 25
Total 520
v. Recommendations
It is recommended to install Solar Led street lights in the 14 locations to save energy
and also to provide light during the frequent power outages occurring in Gwalior.
vi. Cost estimates

Cost of 520 Street Lights : Rs.260 lakhs

Pilot-5
The objective of the programme would be to create publicity of the renewable

energy technologies, systems and also to disseminate information on technological
developments and promotional activities taking place in the area of the New and
Renewable energy. Under Special Area Demonstration Project Scheme, additional
components has been introduced on demonstration of Renewable Energy
Systems/devices at places of National and International Importance, at centralized
kitchens, canteens, at roadside eating joints and restaurants where large flow of
people and tourists takes place every day with an objective to popularize the
renewable energy system and devices to create greater awareness.
Sl.No. Site Details Category Proposed Budgeted

project amount (Rs
in lakhs)
1. Gwalior Fort Fort 50 Solar street 55.00
lights for the
approach road
and 10 Kw solar
power pack
2 Lakshmi Bai statue Monument 10 solar street 5.00
lights
3 Italian Garden Historic and 20 solar street 40.00
Tourist place lights and 10 Kw
power pack
4 Scindia School Historic School 5 Kw Solar power 25.00
pack and 20 solar
street lights

Pilot-6
Street Lighting Segment in Gwalior: A detailed energy audit of the street lighting
segment in the town of Gwalior was carried out jointly by engineers from Elpro
Energy Dimension Pvt Ltd and the Municipality. It was found that there are in total
190 switching points in Gwalior. A system mapping was done for the complete city
street lighting. The study involved the collection of Primary Data at the Field level and
Secondary data through the Municipal Office and EB Office.
The total connected load of street lights is 3249 KW. The average connected
load in each switching points is thus around 17.1 KW.
It was observed that most of the panels are having manual control where as
only a few switch points are controlled automatically using timers. The overall
average illumination is around 15 lux. The per capita consumption of electricity in
street lighting alone amounts to 14.79 kwh per head per annum.
Cost estimates
The project indicates that the Municipality can save 39% of power in Street Lighting
(50,63,000kWh / y)
The total investment is about Rs. 371.25 Lakhs towards cost of energy saving
proposals.
Summary of entire street lighting
The implementation of all these 3 Energy Saving proposals would call for a
one-time investment of Rs 371.25 Lakhs that is expected to save around Rs. 188.32

Lakhs / year on a recurring basis. The Simple Payback Period has been estimated as
24 months.
16 Year Wise goals-Renewable Energy
Investment
No Project Details
(Rs. Lakhs) 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
RESIDENTIAL SECTOR
1 RESIDENTIAL SOLAR WATER HEATERS 1050
2 10500
GENERATION PROGRAMME(RPSSGP)
3 SOLAR COOKER - BOX AND PARABOLA* 200
PASSIVE BUILDING TECHNIQUES AND
4
GREEN BUILDINGS
COMMERCIAL & INSTITUTIONAL SECTOR
5 93.6
HEATERS IN HOTELS
6 106
HEATERS IN HOSPITALS
250 KWP SOLAR PV AND 30,000 LPD
SOLAR WATER HEATER AT BORDER
7 717
SECURITY FORCE(BSF) ACADEMY
GWALIOR
INDUSTRIAL SECTOR
IMPLEMENTATION OF PILOT BIOGAS
8 375
PLANT IN TANNING INDUSTRY
9 TBA
BOILERS
10 USE OF SOLAR PV LED STREET LIGHTING 250
11 USE OF PARABOLIC STEAM GENERATORS TBA
PRODUCING POWER AND CHILLING
MUNICIPAL SECTOR
MUNICIPAL SOLID WASTE (MSW) TO
13 7160
ENERGY
14 SEWAGE TO ENERGY 2185
15 SOLAR PV POWER GENERATING SYSTEM 8450
16 SOLAR STREET LIGHTING 260
SPECIAL AREA DEMONSTRATION
17
PROJECTS
GWALIOR FORT 55
LAKSHMI BAI STATUE 5
ITALIAN GARDEN 40

SCINDIA SCHOOL 25
Municipal Sector Sub Total 18180
Total 31472
Year wise Goals - Energy Efficiency
Investment
No Project Details (Rs. In
Lakhs) 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018
RESIDENTIAL SECTOR
1 1.5
YOJANA
2 93.5
BALLAST
3 500
RATED AIR CONDITIONERS
IMPLEMENTATION OF DUCTED
4 1000
AIR COOLERS
ENERGY STAR RATED
5 2000
REFRIGERATORS
6 1000
ENERGY HOME/OFFICE
ESTABLISHMENT OF ENERGY
7 CENTRE FOR SERVICE AND 135
DEMONSTRATION
SECTOR
8 BALLAST IN COMMERCIAL 93.5
BUILDINGS
IMPLEMENTATION OF CFLs IN
9 PLACE OF ICLS IN COMMERCIAL 10
BUIDINGS
10 RATED AIR CONDITIONERS IN 500
COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS
SOLAR HEAT-REFLECTING CLEAR
11 480
WINDOW FILMS
12 LED BULBS 900
UPVC WINDOWS COMMERCIAL
13 750
BUILDINGS
INDUSTRIAL SECTOR
ENERGY EFFICIENCY AUDITS AND
14 IMPLEMENTATION* 2184.27
MUNICIPAL SECTOR
15 371.25
CONSERVATION

WATER TREATMENT AND

16 85
PUMPING SYSTEMS
Total 10162.02
Advancement in Renewable energy technologies:

Hydrogen energy:
Hydrogen is a clean fuel and an energy carrier that can be used
for a broad range of applications as a possible substitute to liquid and fossil fuels. The
Ministry has supported research, development and demonstration projects on
various aspects of hydrogen energy including its production, storage and use as a fuel
for generation of mechanical/thermal/electrical energy. The application of hydrogen
in fuel cells for power generation has been demonstrated as a result of initiatives
taken by this Ministry. Hydrogen fuelled small power generating sets, two wheeler
(motor cycles), three wheeler and catalytic combustion systems for residential and
industrial sectors have also been developed and demonstrated.

Fuel Cells:
Fuel Cells are environmentally benign. Hydrogen is the primary fuel for fuel cells.
Other fuels can also be used to produce hydrogen gas with the aid of reformers.
Because of modular nature, fuel cells are ideally suited for de-centralized power
generation and for automotive application. Prototypes of polymer electrolyte
membrane or proton exchange membrane fuel cells (PEMFCs) and phosphoric acid
fuel cells (PAFCs) have been developed in kW size in India. The applications of these
prototypes have been demonstrated for power generation (PEMFC & PAFC) and
transport sectors (PEMFC).A fuel cell-battery hybrid vehicles with indigenously
developed PEMFC stack of 10kW had undergone field performance evaluation.
Efforts made are expected to lead to the indigenous production and wider
applications of fuel cell systems in the country. This programme focuses on
development and demonstration of fuel cells, which produce electricity, water and
heat through reaction between hydrogen and oxygen/air. Hydrogen is the primary
fuel for fuel cells. Hydrogen for fuel cells can be produced by reformation of other
fuels. It can also be produced from coal and biomass and by electrolysis of water.
Renewable energy sources and nuclear energy can also be used for production of
hydrogen. Because of their modular nature, fuel cells are ideally suited for
distributed power generation. Small fuel cell power packs can be used for power
generation by industrial and residential users. Fuel Cells are emerging as power
sources for automobiles.
Ongoing Projects in Fuel Cells:
1. Development of Direct Alcohol Fuel Cell and Test Protocols (IIT Delhi).
2. Solid Oxide Fuel Cells that operate directly on hydrocarbon feedstock
(IIT Delhi).
3. Development of High performance intermediate temperature solid
oxide fuel cells (IT-SOFC) by low cost ceramic processing techniques
(IMMT, Bhubaneshwar).
4. Design and development of Alkaline fuel cell : Scaling up from bench
scale i.e. 185 W to 500W (SICES Degree College of Arts, Science and
Commerce, Ambernath (W), Mumbai).

5. Development of high performance direct Methanol Fuel Cell

(University of Calcutta).
6. Development of PEM For fuel cell by plasma process (Institute of
Advanced Study in Science Technology, Guwahati).
7. Development of Non-fluorinated Polymeric Membrane for Direct
Methanol Fuel Cell (Birla Institute of Technology, Ranchi).
Geothermal energy:
Geothermal energy can be used very effectively in both on- and off-grid
developments, and is especially useful in rural electrification schemes. Its use spans a
large range from power generation to direct heat uses, the latter possible using both
low temperature resources and “cascade” methods. Cascade methods utilise the hot
water remaining from higher temperature applications (e.g., electricity generation) in
successively lower temperature processes, which may include binary systems to
generate further power and direct heat uses (bathing and swimming; space heating,
including district heating; greenhouse and open ground heating; industrial process
heat; aquaculture pond and raceway heating; agricultural,drying,et).

Technology
Mile-or-more-deep wells can be drilled into underground reservoirs to tap steam
and very hot water that drive turbines that drive electricity generators. Four types of
power plants are operating today:
Flashed steam plant
The extremely hot water from drill holes when released from the deep reservoirs
high pressure steam (termed as flashed steam) is released. This force of steam is
used to rotate turbines. The steam gets condensed and is converted into water again,
which is returned to the reservoir. Flashed steam plants are widely distributed
throughout the world.
Dry steam plant
Usually geysers are the main source of dry steam. Those geothermal reservoirs which
mostly produce steam and little water are used in electricity production systems. As
steam from the reservoir shoots out, it is used to rotate a turbine, after sending the
steam through a rock-catcher. The rock-catcher protects the turbine from rocks
which come along with the steam.
Binary power plant
In this type of power plant, the geothermal water is passed through a heat exchanger
where its heat is transferred to a secondary liquid, namely isobutene, iso-pentane or
ammonia–water mixture present in an adjacent, separate pipe. Due to this double-
liquid heat exchanger system, it is called a binary power plant. The secondary liquid
which is also called as working fluid, should have lower boiling point than water. It
turns into vapor on getting required heat from the hot water. The vapor from the
working fluid is used to rotate turbines. The binary system is therefore useful in
geothermal reservoirs which are relatively low in temperature gradient. Since the
system is a completely closed one, there is minimum chance of heat loss. Hot water
is immediately recycled back into the reservoir. The working fluid is also condensed
back to the liquid and used over and over again.
Hybrid power plant
Some geothermal fields produce boiling water as well as steam, which are also used
in power generation. In this system of power generation, the flashed and binary
systems are combined to make use of both steam and hot water. Efficiency of hybrid
power plants is however less than that of the dry steam plants.

Enhanced geothermal system

The term enhanced geothermal systems (EGS), also known as engineered geothermal
systems (formerly hot dry rock geothermal), refers to a variety of engineering
techniques used to artificially create hydrothermal resources (underground steam
and hot water) that can be used to generate electricity. Traditional geothermal plants
exploit naturally occurring hydrothermal reservoirs and are limited by the size and
location of such natural reservoirs. EGS reduces these constraints by allowing for the
creation of hydrothermal reservoirs in deep, hot but naturally dry geological
formations.EGS techniques can also extend the lifespan of naturally occurring
hydrothermal resources.
Projects to be Implemented
The potential areas for implementing Geothermal plants.
There are no operational geothermal plants in India.
Estimated (min.) reservoir Temp

Geothermal Field (Approx) Status
From geochemical and deep
Puga geothermal field 240oC at 2000m geophysical studies (MT)
Tattapani Sarguja 120oC - 150oC at 500 meter and Magnetotelluric survey done by
(Chhattisgarh) 200 Cat 2000 m NGRI
Tapoban Chamoli Magnetotelluric survey done by
o
(Uttarakhand) 100 C at 430 meter NGRI
Steam discharge was estimated
160oC at 1900 meter (From Oil 3000 cu meter/ day with high
Cambay Garben (Gujrat) exploration borehole) temprature gradient.
Magneto-telluric study was
done by NGRI
Badrinath Chamoli Deep drilling required to
(Uttarakhand) 150oC estimated ascertain geothermal field
Geothermal Field Reservoir Temp (Approx) Status

Magneto-telluric study was

Surajkund Hazaribagh done by NGRI.
o
(Jharkhand) 110 C Heat rate 128.6 mW/m2
Thin Film Technology:
Thin film solar panels are commercially available for installation onto the roofs of
buildings, either applied onto the finished roof, or integrated into the roof covering.
The advantage over traditional PV panels is that they are very low in weight, are not
subject to wind lifting, and can be walked on (with care). The comparable
disadvantages are increased cost and reduced efficiency.
A silicon thin film technology is being developed for building integrated

photovoltaics (BIPV) in the form of semitransparent solar cells which can be applied
as window glazing. These cells function as window tinting while generating electricity.
17 Conclusion

The development of Gwalior Counter Magnet Area has been announced by the
Madhya Pradesh Government. The plan to develop the Counter Magnet Area has
been conceived to reduce the congestion of the National Capital Region which has
been witnessing huge influx of migrant population, taxing, thereby, its drinking
water, electricity, transport and other basic infrastructural facilities.
This will necessitate a structured and systematic development of the energy

infrastructure in Gwalior city.There are four nascent drivers that will assist the
implementation of Solar Cities Program in Gwalior: the rising cost of electricity in
India; the rising perception of the need, at personal and community levels, to reduce
GHG footprints; the cost to distributors of managing supply to meet peak demand,
which inexorably is growing; and widely distributed PV supply and information
systems for in-home monitoring and control of loads are going to grow so poles and
wires owners (i.e. distribution companies) have to learn to deal with small- to mid-
scale embedded generation.The projects enumerated in the solar city master plan are
vital to energy markets/users/suppliers in a transition to a low carbon economy and
against a landscape of increasing energy bills.
The Solar Cities project provide a living model of how solar energy; energy efficiency
and responsive market signals can deliver economic and environmental benefits in an
integrated package. Notwithstanding these broader benefits, at its heart the projects
implemented will act as a learning experience for the central Government, State and
local governments; electricity market participants; businesses (including financial
institutions, energy service providers, and hardware suppliers and installers) and
consumers
• Consumers will better understand their energy use and be rewarded for
managing energy wisely.

• Electricity companies will understand the extent of cost savings in servicing

peak electricity demand periods and investing in infrastructure, as well as
building new client relationships.
• Industry will be able to test new sustainable energy options in a low-risk
environment, strengthen corporate citizenship and improve market position.
• Government will have access to better information on the environmental and
economic costs and benefits of the various energy options, on which to base
future energy and climate change policy.
• Successful strategies that are sustainable in the longer term can be replicated
in other towns and cities around Madhya Prades and will be an exciting
showcase for the rest of India.
Key Metrics
Sector Wise Summary upto 2013
Total in
Energy Conservation Renewable Energy Lakh
Sector in Lakh Kwh in Lakhs Kwh Kwh
Upto Upto
upto 2013 Annually 2013 Annually 2013
Residential 387.16 193.58 1185.00 592.50 1572.16
Commercial 368.25 184.12 30.68 15.34 398.93
Industrial 397.14 198.57 16.02 8.01 413.16
Municipal 130.52 65.26 1264.08 632.04 1394.60
Total 1283.07 641.53 2495.78 1247.89 3778.84
Solar City Master Plan Target versus Planned measures in MToE
Energy consumed in Million Tonnes Percentage

Sector of Oil Equivalent savings
upto 2013 Baseline %
Total 0.03249 0.15603 20.82

List of Annexures
Annexure-1
ALL Bulk HT consumers LT consumers Having Annual Demand on more than 10 lakhs
Annexure-2
List of cold storages in Gwalior
Annexure-3
ALL Comm. And Industrial HT consumers LT consumers Having Annual Demand

more than 10 lakhs
Annexure-4
Category wise energy consumption
Annexure-5
Excerpts from National Urban Data Base Indicators (NUDB&I)
Annexure -6
Electricity Tariff Projections
Annexure-7
Madhya Pradesh draft solar policy2010
Annexure – 8
Load Variation of Gwalior City
Annexure – 9
Solar PV specifications

Annexure-1
ALL Bulk HT consumers LT consumers Having Annual Demand on more than 10

lakhs
Bulk Supply
half yearly
Sanction/contact
Sl. demant in consumption
No. Category Purpose Name kW/HP/kVA during month
1 HV 6 Bulk Supply N.C.C. Women Trg. College 150 29440
2 HV 6 Bulk Supply G.E. (M.E.S.) Pintopark 200 69550
3 HV 6 Bulk Supply G.E. (MES)Bulk Supply 3600 1470800
4 HV 6 Bulk Supply B.E.C.I.L. 200 89958
5 HV 6 Bulk Supply ,L.N.I.P.E. 800 119660
Total 4950 1779408

Annexure-2
List of cold storages in Gwalior
Cold Storage
half yearly
Sanction/contact
demant in consumption
Sl. No. Category Purpose Name kW/HP/kVA during month
Cold
1 HV-3.2 Storage Prakash cold storage 105 15650
Cold
2 HV-3.2 Storage Parikshit cold storage 110 17800
Cold
3 HV-3.2 Storage Agrasen cold storage 105 13480
Cold
4 HV-3.2 Storage RVS Cold Storage 146 27320
Cold Jai Mahakal Cold
5 HV-3.2 Storage Storage 125 17870
Cold Bansal Cold Storage,
6 HV-3.2 Storage Gwl 155 41735
Total 746 133855

Annexure-3
ALL Comm. And Industrial HT consumers LT consumers Having Annual
Demand more than 10 lakhs
half yearly
Sanction/contact consumption
Sl. demant in during
No. Category Purpose Name kW/HP/kVA month
1 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Station Engg.(HPTV) 136 43840
2 HV 3.2 Non-Ind G.E. (MES)D.R.D.E. 500 109833
Sr.. D.E.E. ,ResidencyTansen
3 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Road 200 47165
4 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Hotal Sheltor 250 46330
5 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Principal , Scindia School Fort 300 75770
6 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Director,(O&M) B.E.C.I.L 162 24170
7 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Commissioner Nagar Nigam 200 8140
Pratap Wahini S K S S
8 HV 3.2 Non-Ind (MPCT) 200 36420
9 HV 3.2 Non-Ind A.B.V. I.I.I.T.M. 700 235120
10 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Scindia Kanya Vidhyalaya 130 46520
11 HV 3.2 Non-Ind E.E. (P.H.E.) Department 400 140093
12 HV 3.2 Non-Ind M.I.T.S. 262 50050
Dy.Commissioner, Income
13 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Tex 200 16335
M.P. State Tourism (Motel
14 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Tansen) 140 34164
15 HV 3.2 Non-Ind ,S.B.I. 190 36597
16 HV 3.2 Non-Ind D.M. L.I.C. 122 27935
17 HV 3.2 Non-Ind S.B. Hotel 200 59958
18 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Hotel Land Mark 200 38840
Seeta Cooling (Hotel Seeta
19 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Manor) 125 16980
20 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Rajasthan Patrika 260 26769
21 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Kanha Shopping Mall 125 19615
22 HV 3.2 Non-Ind G.E. (MES) Airfield 3700 1405800
23 HV 3.2 Non-Ind The D.E.E. , IRCAM 125 22540
24 HV 3.2 Non-Ind I.I.T.T. 150 37950
25 HV 3.2 Non-Ind High Court 550 111300
26 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Bharti Telinet 200 83904
27 HV 3.2 Non-Ind G.M. Telicome 200 16660
G.E. (R&D) DRDE Navlakha
28 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Pared 2000 430440
Vivaswan Hotel (Central Park
29 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Hotel) 300 81740

30 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Nayantara Construction 250 23443

31 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Adityaz Hotel 300 54980
Director Sports & Youth
32 HV 3.2 Non-Ind welfare 100 21100
33 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Scindia Investment 275 88050
34 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Prem Moters 120 20520
35 HV 3.2 Non-Ind N. R. I. IIITM 60 15055
36 HV 3.2 Non-Ind G. M. State Bank Of India 156 22020
37 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Precise Media 250 5030
38 HV 3.2 Non-Ind A.G.M.P. 700 119600
39 HV 3.2 Non-Ind Raj Event & Entertainment 250 14013
40 HV 3.2 Non-Ind People Samachar 300 13490
41 HV 3.2 Non-Ind (TRD )Gwalior 24000 5332000
42 HV 3.2 Non-Ind E. E. IIDC 150 0
43 HV 3.3 Non-Ind M/s All India Radio Rairoo 110 13260
M/s Ananadpur Trust
44 HV 3.4 Non-Ind Hospital, Gwl 200 21565
45 HV 3.5 Non-Ind B.S.F.(Hospital) Dabra) 500 92580
46 HV 3.6 Non-Ind B.S.F.(Cenwesto) Dabra 250 52340
47 HV 3.7 Non-Ind B.S.F.(STC) Dabra 350 78220
48 HV 3.8 Non-Ind A.E. (tel) Datia 80 22840
Total 40628 9341084
Educational institutions
half yearly consumption

Sanction/contact demant during
Purpose Name in kW/HP/kVA month
Educational I.T.M. Sitholi 350 68360
Educational N.I.T.M 90 14910
Deen dayal Krishi
Educational (I.P.S.) 250 28914
Educational R.J.I.T(Dabra) 150 11990
Total 840 124174
ALL HT consumers LT consumers Having Annual Demand on more
than 10 lakhs
Half yearly consumption

Sl. No. Category Purpose Name Sanction/contact during
demant in month
kW/HP/kVA

1 HV 3.1 Industrial Sr. DEE(CR) Laxmanpura 500 156853

2 HV 3.1 Industrial Hindustan Vidhyut Products 200 14700
Cold Storage & General
3 HV 3.1 Industrial Mills 250 108150
4 HV 3.1 Industrial Harshit Textile 700 188364
5 HV 3.1 Industrial Romy Oil Industries 100 22550
6 HV 3.1 Industrial R.R. Wire & Cable 118 25985
7 HV 3.1 Industrial Apex Industries 200 23673
9 HV 3.1 Industrial Diksha Packing 100 51615
10 HV 3.1 Industrial Akash Industries 125 27215
11 HV 3.1 Industrial Quality Food Products 100 15518
12 HV 3.1 Industrial Deeksha Contener 200 3033
13 HV 3.1 Industrial The D E E.(CR) Rly Sation 450 203650
14 HV 3.1 Industrial Unipetch Rubber 260 58226
15 HV 3.1 Industrial J.B. Mangharam 400 237240
16 HV 3.1 Industrial Gupta Refrectories 180 21355
17 HV 3.1 Industrial M.P. Industries 200 40920
18 HV 3.1 Industrial B.P. Food 425 220100
19 HV 3.1 Industrial C.P. Industries 800 185080
20 HV 3.1 Textile Takshashila Textile 300 78055
21 HV 3.1 Industrial Kapoor Strips 250 24970
22 HV 3.1 Industrial Brijlal/Daulatram 195 37388
23 HV 3.1 Industrial Acme Plast 380 62983
24 HV 3.1 Industrial Kailash Industries 200 60420
25 HV 3.1 Industrial Sheetal Industries 150 65690
26 HV 3.1 Industrial Paras White Gold Indu. 154 54122
27 HV 3.1 Industrial Pawan Kumar /Budhamal 167 38500
28 HV 3.1 Industrial Moolchand / Madhav Das 120 25340
29 HV 3.1 Industrial Shiv Shakti Till Mills 100 22544
30 HV 3.1 Industrial D.E.(F.R.S.) Telephone Exc 340 155483
31 HV 3.1 Industrial Ramanand Enterprises 300 107280
32 HV 3.1 Industrial S.A. Trading Co. 200 43650
33 HV 3.1 Industrial Parinamitra Electricals 160 10737
34 HV 3.1 Industrial Gangwal Industries 250 71520
35 HV 3.1 Industrial R.R. Floor Mills 370 56290
36 HV 3.1 Industrial Cadbury India Ltd 2500 1619900
37 HV 3.1 Industrial S.R.F. Ltd. 4000 459600
38 HV 3.1 Industrial A.V.N. Tubes 600 52400
39 HV 3.1 Industrial Lapinous Rock Wools 630 216360

40 HV 3.1 Industrial Punchsheel Rubber 595 165760

41 HV 3.1 Industrial Pee Cee Cosma 180 27432
42 HV 3.1 Industrial Jai Maruti Gas Cyl. 176 16210
43 HV 3.1 Industrial Crompton Greaves 1000 572389
44 HV 3.1 Industrial Godrej consumer Products 3320 1444000
45 HV 3.1 Industrial Super -Sack 600 0
46 HV 3.1 Industrial Jamuna Auto Ltd 1500 793680
47 HV 3.1 Industrial Supreem Industries 1200 420240
Supreem Industries (PVC
48 HV 3.1 Industrial Film) 150 11600
49 HV 3.1 Industrial S.K. Industries 275 108320
50 HV 3.1 Industrial Vikram Woolens 1500 701040
51 HV 3.1 Industrial Atlas Cycle 650 169280
52 HV 3.1 Industrial M.P. Telilinks 700 61480
53 HV 3.1 Industrial Ranbaxy Laboratories 650 307867
54 HV 3.1 Industrial Asha Oil Industries 550 82620
55 HV 3.1 Industrial G.K.B. Opticals 200 24890
56 HV 3.1 Industrial Eminnence India 500 38200
57 HV 3.1 Industrial Gwalior Tank & Veesuals 150 30180
58 HV 3.1 Industrial Kodak India 150 19930
59 HV 3.1 Industrial Hemco Engineers 315 57020
60 HV 3.1 Industrial Malanpur Rubber 200 9010
61 HV 3.1 Industrial Starling Agro 2000 890340
62 HV 3.1 Industrial Marval Vinayal 850 336840
63 HV 3.1 Industrial Shriniwas Cable 200 29040
64 HV 3.1 Industrial Vishal Air Products 180 112000
65 HV 3.1 Industrial Badri Narayan Rubber 460 162400
66 HV 3.1 Industrial Venkat Raman Food 350 70310
67 HV 3.1 Industrial V.R.S. Food 2500 988800
68 HV 3.1 Industrial Essel Plast 125 42777
69 HV 3.1 Industrial Kurlon Limited 325 71040
70 HV 3.1 Industrial Surya Roshni Limited 3000 687900
71 HV 3.1 Industrial Tewa API 1750 639825
72 HV 3.1 Industrial Kashish Rubber 200 43560
Surya Roshni ( Component
73 HV 3.1 Industrial ) 1100 546640
74 HV 3.1 Industrial season Rotogravre 250 16480
M/s Bharat Petrolium
76 HV 3.1 Industrial Rairoo 150 14430
M/s Gwalior Distillers

M/s Hindustan Petrolium

M/S Rail Spring Karkhana
79 HV 3.1 Industrial Sitholi 1200 226010
M/s Indian Oil
80 HV 3.1 Industrial Corpn.Rairoo 200 43938
81 HV 3.1 Industrial M/S Jain stone 250 21330
82 HV 3.1 Industrial M/S Naiduniya news 200 18135
M/S Balaji gangsaw
83 HV 3.1 Industrial Industries 125 20100
84 HV 3.1 Industrial M/S Stone India 140 17765
M/S Mathura Stones
85 HV 3.1 Industrial Export 120 14745
86 HV 3.1 Industrial M/s Jindal Oil Industries 250 102805
M/s G.D.P. Agro
87 HV 3.1 Industrial Industries Gwl. 137 56900
M/s Jai Baba Industreis.
88 HV 3.1 Industrial Vill Birawali 167 26300
M/s Shree Jee Biofuels,
89 HV 3.1 Industrial Purani Chawani, Gwalior 130 22670
90 HV 3.1 Industrial M/s Bihariji Oils Pvt.Ltd. 250 140120
91 HV 3.1 Industrial Gwalior Sugar Co Dabra 500 80040
92 HV 3.1 Industrial Econ Antari 180 32840
Savitri Foods Product,
93 HV 3.1 Industrial Dabra 140 14809
G.M. (TSU)
94 HV 3.1 Industrial BSF,Tekenpur 376 49770
Agro Solvent Product
95 HV 3.1 Industrial Datia 1500 579780
Kachhawah Minerals,
96 HV 3.1 Industrial Datia 117 4748
Total 53627 16594234
Malls
half yearly
Sanction/contact
demant in consumption during
Sl. No. Category Purpose Name kW/HP/kVA month
Shopping- Fairy land Hotel &
1 HV 3.3 Mall Resorts 290 51939
2 HV 3.3 Mall Deendyal Mall 1800 364500
Total 2090 416439

2008-2009 Consumer mix

No. of unit consumed(
S.N. Category consumers MU)
1 DLF 560843 599.27
2 Non DLF 78813 180.59
3 Water Works 3003 50.41
4 Industrial 12959 89.13
5 Agriculture 121147 1049.62
6 Street Light 672 20.96
7 Traction 4 247.68
8 HT Consumer 340 419.25
9 GRAND TOTAL 777781 2656.91

Annexure-4
Category wise energy consumption
No.
of kVA Consu
cons Consu mption
Type of ume mptio during
Sl.No. Consumer r n month
165942
1 Industrial 96 53627 34
934108
2 Commercial 48 40628 4
3 Malls 2 2090 416439
4 Educational 4 840 124174
Cold
5 storage 6 746 133855
177940
6 Bulk suuply 6 4950 8
10288 283891
162 1 94

Annexure-5
Excerpts from National Urban Data Base Indicators (NUDB&I)
Proforma For Data Collection At

Town/Ward Level
TABLE 1 : PHYSICAL ASPECTS AND LOCATIONAL PARTICULARS
G W A L I O R
1.1. Name of
Town
1.2. Name of the District
G W A L I O R
1.3. Name of the State

M A D H Y A P R A D E S H
1.4. Physical aspects of the town
Size/class Civic Status Annual average Annual average Temperature in

of Town rainfall in degree centigrade

millimeters Minimum Maximum
B M.CORP. 475.6 17.5 30.92
1.5 Area of the Town in (Sq.kms.)
Ward Area in (Sq.kms.)
1991 2001
1 - 39.14
2 - 1.43
3 - 3.2
4 - 11.31
5 - 4.1
6 - 4.01
7 - 7.26
8 - 3.15
9 - 0.2
10 - 0.77
11 - 0.65
12 - 0.6
13 - 0.52

14 - 0.96
15 - 0.79
16 - 1.01
17 - 1.15
18 - 1.3
19 - 4.96
20 - 5.45
21 - 1.64
22 - 6.8
23 - 3.12
24 - 11.87
25 - 32.85
26 - 2.99
27 - 1.12
28 - 2.85
29 - 70.68
30 - 1.79
31 - 2.38
32 - 0.36
33 - 1.59
34 - 0.4
35 - 0.69
36 - 0.56
37 - 3.09
38 - 7.01

39 - 7.56
40 - 2.69
41 - 0.52
42 - 0.82
43 - 0.52
44 - 0.41
45 - 2.45
46 - 1.28 1.6 Distance in Kms. from Town
47 - 0.79
Sl.No Description Name Distance km.
48 - 2.86
i State Head Quarters BHOPAL 389
49 - 3.41
ii District Head Quarters GWALIOR 0
50 - 0.35
iii Tahsil/Taluk/Mandal Head
GWALIOR 0
51 Quarters
- 0.7
52 iv Nearest
- city (having 1 lakh
0.54and
MORENA 40
above population)
53 - 1.84
v Nearest Railway Station GWALIOR 0
54 - 11.47
vi Nearest Air port GWALIOR 0
55 - 1.76
vii Nearest Port NIL NIL
56 - 1.16
57 - 0.46
58 - 2.55
1.7 59 - 0.62
Nearness/Distance of
Major River/Canal from the Town
60 - 4.31
Town -
292.82
total
Sl.No. River name Distance in Kms. Canal name Distance in Kms.

1 SINDH 52 MALANPUR 20
40
2 CHAMBAL 70 HARSI
TABLE 4: INDUSTRIAL ASPECTS (For Ward/Town)
No. of units
Sl. Type of
No Industries
2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2008
1 Large - - - 2 2 1
2 Medium - - - 4 4 2
3 Small /
House Hold 4450 4550 4671 5292 5901 -
-- -- -- -- -
4 Hazardous --
6.2 Water Supply details (For Ward/Town)
Ward Source of Quantity No. of Per Capita Area Capacity Treatment

Drinking of Water Connections Consumption Covered of WTPs of Total
Supplied Water

water (MLD) (LPCD) (sq.kms) supply

(%age)
1 2.954 866 135 2.36
2 3.127 1190 135 2.50
3 3.032 1651 135 2.43
4 2.755 615 135 2.20
5 1.754 734 135 1.40
6 2.641 940 135 2.11
7 3.228 1500 135 2.58
8 2.651 1100 135 2.12
9 1.399 480 135 1.12

TUBE
10 1.534 900 135 1.23
WELL,PI
11 1.677 666 135
PE 1.34
144
12 LINE,HA 1.732 616 135 1.39 80%
ND MLD
13 1.473 1140 135 1.18
PUMP,
14 2.416 600 135 1.93
WELL
15 1.751 1572 135 1.40
16 1.452 1575 135 1.16
17 1.716 742 135 1.37
18 1.195 600 135 0.96
19 2.729 1688 135 2.18
20 2.934 1759 135 2.35
21 3.598 1430 135 2.88
22 3.539 1497 135 2.83
23 4.003 1559 135 3.20

24 2.867 1222 135 2.29
25 5.598 92 135 4.48
26 2.421 1739 135 1.94
27 2.548 1518 135 2.04
28 2.555 1313 135 2.04
29 1.265 NIL 135 1.01
30 2.579 1547 135 2.06
31 2.409 2050 135 1.93
32 2.129 1505 135 1.70
33 2.043 1610 135 1.63
34 1.441 1156 135 1.15
35 1.870 1200 135 1.50
36 1.860 1071 135 1.49
37 2.188 797 135 1.75
38 1.677 1077 135 1.34
39 3.298 1850 135 2.64
40 1.997 1750 135 1.60
41 1.336 758 135 1.07
42 1.550 1200 135 1.24
43 1.741 830 135 1.39
44 1.204 910 135 0.96
45 3.698 1900 135 2.96
46 2.018 840 135 1.61
47 1.292 1584 135 1.03
48 2.900 1190 135 2.32

49 2.469 1500 135 1.98
50 1.440 1613 135 1.15
51 1.433 840 135 1.15
52 1.784 1195 135 1.43
53 2.456 1055 135 1.96
54 3.028 1291 135 2.42
55 1.599 1915 135 1.28
56 1.754 1300 135 1.40
57 1.900 2200 135 1.52
58 2.164 783 135 1.73
59 1.978 1200 135 1.58
60 3.074 1282 135 2.46
Total
136.853 72303 8100 109.45
Town
6.2.1 Is there any scheme for recycling of waste water in the town.
Yes No
6.2.2 Is the ground water table receding in the city?

100 M AVG.
Yes No
If yes, please give present water table
6.2.3 Is there any separate water supply line for non-drinking purposes such as industry, parks etc.
√
If yes, give area covered under the scheme Yes No
TABLE 7: ELECTRICITY (Town wise)

Source/distance Total Electricity Total electricity Total

(in Kms.) of Demand (MW) Supply (MW) Consumption
Power plant (MKWH)
MANIKHEDA—
36 29 25
150 KM
Type Residential Commercial Industrial Others Total
No. of Electric 23838 5907 1244 176597

145608
Connections
Electric
Consumption 15MKWH 3.5MKWH 6MKWH 0.5MKWH 25
(KWH)
TABLE 10: MEDICAL FACILITIES
10.1 Number of hospitals, dispensaries, etc., doctors, nurses, paramedical staff and total number
of beds available therein
Type of Hospital No. of Units No. of Beds No. of Doctors No. of Nurses No. of Paramedical Patients Treated
staff
Hospital Govt. Private Govt. Private Govt. Private Govt. Private Govt. Private Govt. Private
Allopathic 7 302 470 712 37 62 112 78 17 151886 216715
Ayurvedic 1 NIL 4 NIL 12 NIL 14 NIL 9 NIL 19765 NIL
Homeopathi NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL
c
Unani NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL
Family
welfare &
1 1 NIL NIL 2 2 4 5 NIL NIL 678 792
maternity
center
Others NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL
Dispensary

Allopathic 17 NIL NIL NIL 53 NIL 39 NIL 42 NIL 251423 NIL
Ayurvedic 11 NIL NIL NIL 10 NIL 13 NIL NIL NIL 203650 NIL
Unani NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL
Homeopathi 5 NIL NIL NIL 3 NIL 5 NIL NIL NIL 47812 NIL
c
Others NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL NIL
Primary Health
124 NIL - - - 28716
Centres
Nursing Home 616 - - - - 31167
TABLE 9: EDUCATIONAL FACILITIES
10.1 Number of hospitals, dispensaries, etc., doctors, nurses, paramedical staff and total number
of beds available therein
Type of No. of Institutions No. of Class Enrolment No. of teachers

Institutions Rooms
Govt./ Govt./ Govt./ Govt./
School Private Private Private Private
Anganwadi 757 1514 2118 111
Primary 1760 5280 253548 4435
Middle 1231 4924 73275 2765
Secondary 156 2340 26575 2748
20266 771
Senior Secondary 144 2880
Colleges
General 31 775 7750 620
Medical 1 50 600 40
Engineering
Law
123 3690 36900 2468
Others
Vocational
-- -- -- --
Training
Adult Education
-- -- -- --
program
Others -- -- -- --
TABLE 12: SOLID WASTE MANAGEMENT (Ward wise data)
12.1Solid waste generation
Ward Average Average No. of Total Area Manpower No. of

generation collection Houses Used for deployed Sites
(Tons/day) (Tons/day) covered for Sanitary used for
House to Land Fill Land Fill
House (sq. Km)
Collection
1 4.923325 4.184826 2673 14
2 3.4815 2.959275 1962 20
3 5.144975 4.373229 2606 30
4 4.473975 3.802879 2529 28
5 2.995025 2.545771 1597 20
6 4.471225 3.800541 2387 10
7 5.017925 4.265236 2994 24
8 4.4759 3.804515 2609 16
9 2.3892 2.03082 1431 25.8 9 1

10 2.6301 2.235585 1458 H 64
11 2.87155 2.440818 1746 18
12 2.967525 2.522396 1670 17
13 2.51845 2.140683 1459 20

14 4.13325 3.513263 2291 20
15 2.936725 2.496216 1768 17
16 2.490675 2.117074 1452 14
17 2.933975 2.493879 1602 21
18 2.044625 1.737931 1123 10
19 4.6321 3.937285 3141 15
20 5.032225 4.277391 3127 14
21 6.1611 5.236935 3554 13
22 5.854475 4.976304 3629 20
23 6.817525 5.794896 3813 25
24 4.82295 4.099508 2857 30
25 9.2521 7.864285 6156 25
26 4.136825 3.516301 2484 26
27 4.3516 3.69886 2343 26
28 4.381575 3.724339 2307 42
29 2.31715 1.969578 1116 20
30 4.421175 3.757999 2700 25
31 4.0986 3.48381 2513 20
32 3.637975 3.092279 1921 38
33 3.442175 2.925849 1832 23
34 2.46235 2.092998 1520 19
35 3.19715 2.717578 1790 34
36 3.136375 2.665919 1799 40
37 3.7048 3.14908 2084 38
38 2.82645 2.402483 1808 20
39 5.000325 4.250276 2764 18
40 2.2869 1.943865 1232 21
41 2.6543 2.256155 1448 28

42 2.90125 2.466063 1682 34
43 2.05755 1.748918 1244 37
44 6.322525 5.374146 3483 33
45 3.384425 2.876761 1921 34
46 2.97055 2.524968 1681 20
47 2.143075 1.821614 1269 16
48 4.9676 4.22246 2727 37
49 4.219325 3.586426 2303 25
50 2.46565 2.095803 1408 30
51 2.455475 2.087154 1505 26
52 3.031325 2.576626 1719 23
53 4.114825 3.497601 2234 25
54 4.73715 4.026578 2610 31
55 2.7357 2.325345 1537 14
56 2.997775 2.548109 1644 16
57 3.313475 2.816454 1902 40
58 3.58105 3.043893 2002 22
59 3.3594 2.85549 1818 28
60 4.1459 3.524015 2247 22
Total 193.3173 1465

Town 227.4322 130231

13.1 Community Facilities (Town/Ward wise)
Sl.No Facilities Numbers

1 Corporation Gardens 106
2 Community Hall 67
3 Swimming Pool 4
4 Corporation Playgrounds 16
5 Gymnasia 7
6 Corporation Stadium 8
7 Cinemas 14
8 Open Air Theatres 1
9 Zoo 1
10 Public libraries 24
11 Art Galleries 3
12 Museum 1
13 Other (specify) 1
14 Fire Services 1
No. of Fire stations 1

No. of fire tenders
Personnel 102
15 Cremation/Burial Ground -
16 Petrol/Gas Station 33
17 Hotels and Eating Places 222
18 Others --
13.2 Number of banks and credit societies
No. of Banks Agricultural credit Non-

societies agricultural credit
societies
42 5 12
TABLE 15: HOUSING (Ward wise)
15.1 Distribution of House Holds (HHs.), No. of persons and Tenure
Number of Distribution of Persons by living rooms

Tenure HHs Persons One Two Three Four Five &

Status room rooms rooms rooms above
Owned 137570 850000 65025 90440 181220 229245 154700
Rental 24277 144600 6885 15960 31980 40455 27300
Sub- nil nil nil nil nil nil Nil

letting
Rent free nil nil nil nil nil nil Nil
Squatter nil nil nil nil nil nil Nil
without
Rent
Squatter nil nil nil nil nil nil Nil
with Rent
Others nil nil nil nil nil nil Nil
Total 16184 99460 71910 106400 213200 269700 182000
7 0
15.2 Categories of Houses
No. of Houses
Type of Houses
Pucca with RCC Roof 112000
and flooring
Pucca with Tiles Roof 36000

and Kaccha floor
Semi pucca 25000
Kaccha 8500
Others 500
Total 182000

Annexure -6
Electricity Tariff Projections
2010- 2011- 2012- 2013- 2014- 2015- 2016- 2017- 2018-

Category 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
LV
Domestic 4.80 5.04 5.29 5.56 5.83 6.13 6.43 6.75 7.09
Non domestic 4.80 5.04 5.29 5.56 5.83 6.13 6.43 6.75 7.09
schools,colleges,hostels
Commercial 5.70 5.99 6.28 6.60 6.93 7.27 7.64 8.02 8.42
Street lights 3.60 3.78 3.97 4.17 4.38 4.59 4.82 5.07 5.32
Water Pumps 3.50 3.68 3.86 4.05 4.25 4.47 4.69 4.92 5.17
Industrial 4.80 5.04 5.29 5.56 5.83 6.13 6.43 6.75 7.09
HV
Industrial 4.70 4.94 5.18 5.44 5.71 6.00 6.30 6.61 6.94
Commercial 5.10 5.36 5.62 5.90 6.20 6.51 6.83 7.18 7.54

Shopping Malls 5.10 5.36 5.62 5.90 6.20 6.51 6.83 7.18 7.54
Power Industries 3.80 3.99 4.19 4.40 4.62 4.85 5.09 5.35 5.61
Tariff considered for payback calculations

Sector Rs/unit
Residential 5.6
Commercial 6.6
Industrial 5.6
Government
Utilities 4.2
Buildings 6.6
Annexure-7
Madhya Pradesh draft solar policy
Draft Solar Energy Policy

Government of Madhya Pradesh
2010

Contents
1. PREAMBLE .............................................................................................................................................
2
2. TITLE ...................................................................................................................................................... 3
3. OBJECTIVE OF THE POLICY .....................................................................................................................
3
4. APPLICBILITY ......................................................................................................................................... 3
5. TARGETS ................................................................................................................................................ 3
6. NODAL AGENCY .................................................................................................................................... 3
7. ELIGIBLE SITES ....................................................................................................................................... 4
8. ELIGIBLE UNITS ......................................................................................................................................
4
9. FACILITIES & INCENTIVES .......................................................................................................................
4
10. LAND ALLOTMENT ................................................................................................................................
6
Identification of Land ..................................................................................................................................
6
Allotment of land ........................................................................................................................................
6
11.
IMPLEMENTATION................................................................................................................................8
12. REGISTRATION
FEE..........................................................................................................................8
13. MIGRATION OF APPLICATIONS UNDER 2006 - STATE POLICY TO MP SOLAR
POLICY 2010.......................................................................................................................................9
14. SECURITY DEPOSITE
......................................................................................................................9
15. MINIMUM EQUITY TO BE HOLD BY THE
PROMOTER..........................................................9
16. OTHER FACILITY............................................................................................................................9
17. CLEAN DEVELOPMENT MECHANISM (CDM) BENEFITS
...................................................10
18. OTHER
INCENTIVES.....................................................................................................................11 2 Draft Solar
Energy policy government of Madhya Pradesh-2010

1. PREAMBLE
Energy is the prime mover of the development of any economy. While conventional fuels
viz coal and oil has been the primary sources for energy, their long term availability has
been an area of concern. Besides their increased usage has led to high concentrations of
greenhouse gases (GHGs) in the atmosphere which is an increasingly important concern
with regard to global warming and resultant climate changes.
The current energy requirement of the state of Madhya Pradesh is heavily dependent on
the conventional energy sources. The Government of Madhya Pradesh acknowledges the
increasing issues related to climate change & global warming and has recognised the
urgent need to address these issues. The promotion of renewable energy is one of the
key measures taken by the Government of Madhya Pradesh in this direction. Today
renewable energy is increasingly becoming an integral part of energy security initiative in
the state of Madhya Pradesh.
The promotion of solar energy in Madhya Pradesh should be seen from a broader and
long term perspective. Today the cost of generation of solar energy is relatively high,
however harnessing the solar energy offers energy security & environmental benefits
and other benefits namely:
(a) Contribute to enhancing power availability, reducing the energy shortage,

stabilisation of tail-end grid & addressing the peak demand deficit faced by the state
of Madhya Pradesh.
(b) Enhancing energy security by developing diverse energy mix: Majority of

electricity generation in Madhya Pradesh is based on conventional energy; solar
energy can contribute towards diversifying the energy base to reduce dependence
on conventional energy sources.
(c) Providing clean & reliable energy: Solar energy helps in meeting the energy
requirements of people in remote rural areas.
(d) Leads to sustainable development: Promotion of solar energy will contribute

directly towards the overall improvement of living standard of rural populace. It will
also help maintain ecological balance, replacing conventional energy use, generate
additional employment opportunities, improve health and increase access to
education to rural children.
The state of Madhya Pradesh is endowed with high solar radiation with around 300 days
of clear sun. The state offers good sites having potential of more than 5.5 kWh/ sq.m. for
installation of solar based power projects. The Government of Madhya Pradesh (GoMP)
wants to incentivize the promotion of solar energy in the state.

The Policy endeavours to create an enabling environment to attract public & private
investments in generation and manufacturing of solar energy based plant & machinery.
The Madhya Pradesh Solar Energy Policy – 2010 aims to provide a comprehensive policy
for promotion of solar energy in the state of Madhya Pradesh.
2. TITLE
The Policy shall be known as the “Madhya Pradesh Solar Energy Policy -2010”
3. OBJECTIVE OF THE POLICY
The key objectives of the Madhya Pradesh Solar Energy Policy- 2010 are:
(a) accelerate the harnessing and development of solar energy in the state
(b) enhance energy security
(c) promoting efficient & cost-effective solar installations by providing fiscal and non-
fiscal incentives
(d) promotion of local manufacturing facilities
(e) harnessing solar energy by developing local capabilities and enhancing public
awareness
4. APPLICBILITY
To all solar energy based power project developers (Solar PV/Solar thermal) and
manufacturing units of equipment and ancillaries related to solar power projects.
5. TARGETS
The Government of Madhya Pradesh targets a total capacity of 500 MW from solar
power generators for installation during the operative period of the policy.
A minimum capacity of a large grid connected Solar Power Generator (SPG), in case of
solar photovoltaic & solar thermal, shall be 1 MW each.
6. NODAL AGENCY
The Madhya Pradesh Urja Vikas Nigam (MPUVN) Limited shall be the nodal agency for
implementation of the Madhya Pradesh Solar Power Policy – 2010.
7. ELIGIBLE SITES
The solar power project may be set up at sites identified by Madhya Pradesh Urja Vikas
Nigam (MPUVN) and/ or any other sites identified as potential site, within the State of
Madhya Pradesh by the project developer.
8. ELIGIBLE UNITS
Any enterprise willing to establish power generation projects based on solar energy
(Solar PV/Solar thermal) in Madhya Pradesh shall be eligible for incentives under this
policy. Eligibility for availing benefits under this scheme shall be based on techno-
economical viability and available resources. Captive units will also be eligible to get
benefits under this policy as an investor/consumer.
9. FACILITIES & INCENTIVES
(a) Plant & Machinery

Only new plant & machinery shall be eligible for installation under this policy.
(b) Fossil fuel usage
The usage of fossil fuel (coal, gas, lignite, naptha, diesel, wood etc.) shall not be allowed
in the grid connected solar thermal power projects.
Hybrid systems shall be allowed as per the guidelines of the Ministry of New and
Renewable Energy (MNRE).
(c) Purchase Rate
The purchase rate of electricity generated by solar power generators will be as per the
orders of the Madhya Pradesh Electricity Regulatory Commission (MPERC).
The power will be purchased by the distribution licensee in Madhya Pradesh or MP
Power Trading Company Limited based on quantity, rate and terms & conditions, as
decided by the MPERC from time to time. The quantity of power purchased from power
generated by the solar energy based power projects will be shown by the distribution
licensee in their annual tariff proposal for approval of MPERC. This will include details of
the power purchased in the previous year.
(d) Renewable Purchase Obligation
As per the MPERC (Cogeneration and Generation of Electricity from Renewable Sources
of Energy) Regulations 2008, the following Renewable Purchase Obligation (RPO) has
been specified:
Financial Wind Biomass Cogeneratio
Year n & other
sources
2010-11 6% 2% 2%
2011-12 6% 2% 2%
The purchase of electricity from solar projects will form part of the 2% RPO fixed for
Cogeneration & other sources. This will be subject to any amendments and further
Regulations provided by the MPERC from time to time. The MPERC may define separate
sub-limits for purchase of electricity from solar energy based power projects.
(e) Wheeling Charges
Facility of wheeling will be available to the solar power project through M.P. Power
Transmission Company, as per wheeling charges decided by the MPERC. For above
wheeling charges, Govt. of Madhya Pradesh will provide grant of 4% and the balance, if
any, shall be borne by the project developer.
(f) Open Access charges
Solar power projects will be exempted from open access charges. This will be subject to
any amendments and further Regulations provided by the MPERC from time to time.
(g) Third Party Sale
Third party sale will be eligible as per Electricity Act 2003 (No. 36 of 2003) and the orders
issued by the MPERC, from time to time, for which purchase rate can be mutually
decided between generating unit and consumer unit.
(h) Electricity duty
All generating units, including captive units also, are entitled for exemption of Electricity
Duty and Cess the date of commissioning of the project, provided the unit generates at-
least 70% of the power generation declared in the Detailed Project Report (DPR). For

generation less than 70% power, the documents establishing that reasons were beyond
the control of the unit have to be provided for satisfaction of the State Government /
M.P Urja Vikas Nigam, after examination of the same M.P. Government can allow
exemption in the matter.
(i) Demand Cut
Those Industrial units who are consumers of MPSEB/Successor Company, if they install
unit for generation from solar energy for captive use or purchase generated power from
solar energy as a third party, then such units shall be given facility to reduce their
contract demand equivalent to the 50% of the installed capacity of the solar power
generators & these units can utilize full power generated from solar energy.
(j) Metering
Metering equipments for the power generation & sale will be installed at site by unit at
their own cost as per specification of MPSEB/Successor Company. Testing of these
equipments will be carried out by MPSEB/Successor Company at Units cost.
Locations at which where more than one projects are installed, MPUVN will develop
common infrastructure (Power evacuation facility, Road, etc.) and make necessary
arrangements. For individual investor, facility for separate metering will be done as per
the consultation and cost of investor.
(k) Power Evacuation Facility
Power evacuation will be an integral part of the solar power project. All expenses for
power evacuation facility shall be borne by the project developer. Transmission,
distribution line and synchronizing equipment required for installation will be installed by
project developer as per technical details of MPSEB/Successor Company or it shall be
provided by MPSEB/Successor Company at the cost of solar power project developer.
Maintenance of the above line & equipments shall be done by MPSEB/Successor
Company at the cost of solar power project developer. All incidental/operational cost
towards power evacuation shall be borne by the project developer during the entire life
span of the project.
10. LAND ALLOTMENT
Identification of Land
MPUVN shall identify suitable Government revenue land in the State and creat and
devlop a land bank. Land use permission be given to the project developers as per
procedure. However, the developer may identify any other site as potential site, within
the State of Madhya Pradesh for installation of solar project.
Allotment of land
I. For cases where Government revenue land is available, the use of land permission @
Rs. 1/- (token) land premium per year will be given for 30 years or the project life
whichever is less. Revenue land will be allocated and transferred to the Non-
Conventional Energy Department (GoMP), which will give permission for “use of land”
for the project period.

II. For cases where Government land is not available, GoMP may acquire private land, as
per Land Acquisition Act & existing government policies, made available to be provided
to the project developer at the acquired cost. For this no service charges will be payable.
For use of land, the permission for diversion is not required. Only information regarding
use of land will have to be given to the concerned District Collector.
III. If the unit purchases private land for the project, then they will be eligible for an
exemption of 50% on stamp duty & if they do not install the project on this land, then
their exemption given will be withdrawn and recovery will be made as per notification of
no: 1208 dated 16th May 2008.
11. IMPLEMENTATION
(a) Approval of projects
Applications for installation of solar power projects in the specified formats with
specified fees shall be submitted to the M.D., MPUVN.
The complete transparency in allotment of the projects shall be ensured for evaluation of
the potential project developer. A comprehensive qualification criteria document shall
be designed for inviting proposals listing out technical and financial eligibility parameters
of the potential eligible project developers, which would be approved by the dept. of
NCE, GoMP.
On the basis of financial & technical parameters contained in the qualification criteria
document, proposal would be evaluated by a Project Evaluation Committee appointed
by the GoMP. The final approval for allotment of the project shall be given by
department of NCE, GoMP.
After getting the above mentioned approval for installation of the project from the
GoMP, the period for commissioning & other milestones/activity by the large grid
connected solar project shall be as under, then only they will get benefit under the
policy, failing which the approval granted for installation of the project will be cancelled.
S. No. Activity/Milestone Timeline for Solar Timeline for Solar
PV projects thermal projects
1 Signing of Power 3 months from the 3 months from the
Purchase date of Approval date of approval
Agreement (PPA)
2 Financial Closure of 6 months from the 6 months from the
the project date of signing of date of signing of
PPA PPA
3 Commissioning of 12 months from the 28 months from the
the Project date of signing of date of signing of
PPA PPA
If the project is delayed due to any unavoidable circumstances, the time period can be
extended by the GoMP, on the advice of MPUVN/MPSEB after examining the reasons for
the delay.
(b) Implementation of the Project

In order to ensure speedy implementation of approved projects, an Empowered

Committee will be constituted under the chairmanship of Chief Secretary of GoMP and
Principal Secretaries of departments (Finance, Revenue, Forest, WRD, Energy and Non-
Conventional Energy) as members. M.D., MPUVN will be the Member Convener of the
Committee.
12 Registration fee
For large grid connected solar power projects, along with application, developer shall
have to pay @ Rs. 50,000/- per megawatt as non-refundable registration fee. The
maximum limit for registration fee shall be Rs 50 lakhs per project. The Board of MPUVN
may change the registration fee from time to time. No change, however, will have any
retrospective effect.
13 Migration of application under 2006- State policy to MP Solar Policy
2010
Under State policy of 2006, various applications have been received which can be
clarified under following 3 categories:
(a): only application / proposal / DPR received.
(b): Registration fees received and registered
(c): MOU signed
The following procedure shall be followed to migrate the above category of cases into
the new Policy:
Category (a) : these applicants shall have to apply afresh under the New Policy
Category (b) : Upon application by category B cases requesting migration to new policy
2010, they shall be deemed to be registered under the new policy and & new registration
fees structure under the new policy and balance amount shall be refunded to them
without interest.
Those category (B) cases who do not apply to migration to new policy within 60 days of
its notification, shall be deemed to expire and then registration fees shall be confiscated
Category (c) : Considering the overall RPO for solar energy of State of Madhya Pradesh,
the existing category (C) cases shall be considered for a maximum of 25MW projects
under the new Policy up on their application. The registration fee adjustment shall be
same as for category (B) cases.
14 Security Deposit
The large grid connected Solar project developer shall be required to provide a
irrevocable Bank guarantee on any scheduled bank @ 30 lacs per MW at the time of
signing of the Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) with the distribution licensee and in case
the project developer fails to achieve the Commercial operation within time period as
mentioned in the PPA, the Bank Guarantee shall be forfeited.
If the developer achieves the commercial operation within the time period mentioned in
the PPA or extended as per the policy, the Bank Guarantee shall be refunded within 15
days of applying to the concerned distribution utility.
15 Minimum Equity to be held by the Promoter
The Company developing the large grid connected solar power project shall provide the
information about the Promoters and their shareholding in the company to MPUVN

indicating the controlling shareholding. No change in the shareholding in the Company

developing the Solar Power Project shall be permitted from the date of submitting the
application and till the execution of the PPA. This shall not be applicable to the Solar
Power Projects developed by the public listed companies.
After execution of PPA, the controlling shareholding (controlling shareholding shall mean
at least 26% of the voting rights) in the Company developing the project shall be
maintained up to a period of (5) five year after commencement of commissioning of the
project. Thereafter, any change may be undertaken only after permission of the MPUVN,
who may charge fee as decided by the Board of MPUVN.
16. THER FACILITIES
(a) Solar Technology Parks
Solar technology parks for generation and manufacturing units in equipment & related
ancillaries for solar systems shall be promoted and established at appropriate locations
in the state of Madhya Pradesh. The MPUVN shall be the nodal agency for establishing
the Solar technology parks. The SME sector will be promoted for manufacture of various
components and systems for solar systems. The Solar technology parks will be given
preference in land allocation and creating of essential facilities by the state government.
(b) Research & Development
A State level Solar Research Committee will be set up to oversee the strategy, taking into
account ongoing projects, availability of research capabilities and resources and
possibilities of international collaboration. The Committee will be under the
chairmanship of P.S. (Non-Conventional Energy) in which M.D., MPUVN will be as
Member-Secretary and representatives from other concerned Departments/institutions
will be included.
(c) Capacity Building & Awareness generation
The MPUVN shall be responsible for capacity building & awareness generation aspects
related to promotion of solar energy in the state. This may include:
Training for entrepreneurs, NGOs, managers, women on aspects related to the

management of solar systems
Capacity building on technical operations of the systems systems to target potential

technicians for operating and maintaining the solar systems
Focussing on business skills i.e., marketing, finance, accounting, billing and project
development targeting NGOs, Community Based organisations and entrepreneurs
Creating awareness and educating masses on the adoption of solar energy sources
Encourage the schools, polytechnics, colleges and universities in the state to include
importance of solar energy in the educational curricula
Conducting stakeholder conferences from time to time

The MPUVN may collaborate with state/national/international institutions or technical

experts to undertake the capacity building and awareness generation activities.
(d) Technical library & Data bank

The MPUVN shall establish & maintain a technical library, a data bank and/or
information centre and to collect and correlate information regarding solar energy
sources. The MPUVN shall consistently update the information related to solar energy
sources on website.
17 Clean Development Mechanism (CDM) benefits
The CDM benefits are proposed to be shared on a gross basis with the distribution
licensee, as per GoI norms or equal (50:50) between the developers and the distribution
licensee from day one. The distribution licensee shall pass on 10% of the CDM benefits
from its share to the MPUVN.
18 Other incentives
Solar energy equipments and other items related to the equipments will be exempted
from Entry Tax. This shall also be applicable for Rooftop PV/Small Power Generators of
capacity less than 1 MW connected to grid and Off-grid applications.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this resolution, the provisions of the Electricity
Act – 2003, and the MPERC order, as issued from time to time, shall prevail, for the
purpose of the implementation of this policy. For Solar energy, this policy shall prevail
over the “Incentive Policy for encouraging generation of power in Madhya Pradesh
through Non-conventional Energy sources 2006”.
This Policy shall come into effect from the date of issuance and shall remain effective
until further orders.
Annexure – 8
Load Variation of Gwalior City
Load Variation of EHV Sub Station Under Testing Dn. I MPPTCL Gwalior
Name of Sub Station
Date Time 220 KV S/S 132 KV S/S 132 KV 132 KV
Mahalgaon Motijheel S/S S/S
Morar Tighra
Peak Load Peak Load Peak Peak
in MW in MW Load in Load in
MW MW
8.8.11 18:00 66 21 8.6 6
8.8.11 19:00 77 61 20.2 12
8.8.11 20:00 93 71 27 12

8.8.11 21:00 83 61 49 9
8.8.11 22:00 76.5 58 27.8 9
8.8.11 23:00 74.5 55 26.2 9
8.8.11 24.00 67.5 51 26.4 9
9.8.11 01:00 65.5 51 28 6
9.8.11 02:00 65.5 48 26.8 6
9.8.11 03:00 60.5 48 23.4 6
9.8.11 04:00 60 48 20.6 9
9.8.11 05:00 45 37 9
9.8.11 06:00 32.5 21 3.6 6
9.8.11 07:00 21 7 3.8 3
9.8.11 08:00 19 7 3.8 6
9.8.11 09:00 39.5 14.8 5 3
9.8.11 10:00 55.5 44 28.6 9
9.8.11 11:00 71 74 28 9
9.8.11 12:00 74 67 25.6 6
9.8.11 13:00 74.5 56 28.4 6
9.8.11 14:00 65 56 20 6
9.8.11 15:00 68.5 56 22.8 9
9.8.11 16:00 53.5 56 9.2 9
9.8.11 17:00 42 29 9.6 9
9.8.11 18:00 54 30 11 15

Annexure- 9
Solar PV Specifications

Technical Specifications: For Inverter

Technical Specification – Module Mounting Structures

Material MS Galvanized
Overall dimension As per design
Hot dip Galvanized with 80 micron
Coating thickness / aluminium painted for MS
Wind rating 150 km/hr
Tilt angle Fixed angle, depends on the site
l d
Foundation PCC for roof top fixing
Hardware SS 304 fasteners
Juntion boxes:
Technical
Type PV Insulated, sheath & UV resistance
Material Copper
Voltage Max. 1100V
Test Voltage 650V/1.1KV
Temperature 10 – 70 °C
Colour Red/ Black / Green
Cables
Technical Specification –
Type PV Insulated, sheath & UV resistance
Material Copper
Voltage Max. 1100V
Test Voltage 650V/1.1KV
Temperature 10 – 70 °C
Colour Red/ Black / Green


Gwalior Solar City Plan - Ver8.1 - 011213

Caricato da

Informazioni sul documento

Titolo originale

Copyright

Formati disponibili

Condividi questo documento

Condividi o incorpora il documento

Opzioni di condivisione

Hai trovato utile questo documento?

Questo contenuto è inappropriato?

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Gwalior Solar City Plan - Ver8.1 - 011213

Caricato da

Copyright:

Formati disponibili

Master Plan

To Develop Gwalior as Solar

The successful completion of any project cannot be accomplished without

Our sincere heartfelt thanks to Shri.Dipak Gupta, IAS, Principal Secretary,Ministry of

I am thankful to the following officers of the corporation for their wholesome

Shri Shivraj Singh Verma, Additional Commissioner

Shri Devendra Singh Chauhan, Nodal Officer (MPUSP)

Shri Vishnu Khare,City Planner

I am very much thankful to the District Collector Shri.Akash Tripathi,IAS and

Director and Chief Planner

Elpro Energy Dimensions Pvt.Ltd

Dr.Rajkumar Road, Rajajinagar Entrance,

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 3

1.0 Preface ....15

2.0 Executive summary ....18

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 4

9.3.2 RE-2|Rooftop PV & Small Solar Power Generation

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 5

Development of Hot Water Requirement Norms

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 6

12.3.1.4 Energy can be converted through Food waste.

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 7

12.4.2 EE-16|Water Treatment and pumping Systems – Energy

13.1 ESCO mode-Performance Contracting

13.2 CDM financing

13.3 Financial Sources and incentives by the Government of India

13.4 Madhya Pradesh Energy conservation Fund

13.5 MP State Government Incentives to Renewable Energy

13.6 Solar Energy Policy Government of Madhya Pradesh 2010

13.7 IREDA Initiatives and Financing schemes

13.9 MNRE Schemes

13.10 Jawaharlal Nehru National Solar mission

13.11 Solar Off-Grid Refinance Scheme

13.12 Multilateral Financial Institutions

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 8

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 9

Figure 1: Gwalior Corporation Area

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 10

Fig 31 : Solar PV power Generating System

GHG- Green House Gases

Gwalior City Development Plan

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 11

Table 1: Annual Energy consumption details of residential sector

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 12

Table 27 : Monthly Averaged Air Temperature At 10 m Above The Surface Of The

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 13

Table 52 : Biogas composition

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 14

Urbanization and economic development are leading to a rapid rise in energy

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 15

renewable energy sources and in conserving energy utilized in conducting urban

The programme on “Development of Solar Cities” would support/ encourage Urban

Goals and Objectives

 to enable/empower Urban Local Governments to address energy challenges

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 16

 to oversee the implementation of sustainable energy options through public -

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 17

Aim of the Master plan

Ministry of New and Renewable Energy (MNRE), Government of India has

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 18

end of five years, which can be achieved through a combination of energy

EEDPL/GMC/Solar city/2011 Page 19

RENEWABLE ENERGY INITIATIVES